8FGF 15, 18, 20, 25, 30

8FDF 15, 18, 20, 25, 30

8FGKF 20 8FDKF 20
8FGJF 35 8FDJF 35

VOL. 2

-RmR36DQWRV#

,QFOXLUHYLV}HVDRPDQXDO
*(#
Pub. No. CE057 *( 760 #
 SECTION INDEX
NAME SECTION

GENERAL 0
ENGINE 1
TORQUE CONVERTER & TRANSMISSION 2
PROPELLER SHAFT 3
DIFFERENTIAL 4
FRONT AXLE 5
REAR AXLE 6
STEERING 7
BRAKE 8
BODY 9
MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEM 10
MAST 11
CYLINDER 12
OIL PUMP 13
OIL CONTROL VALVE 14
MINI LEVER·JOYSTICK 15
SAS/OPS 16
SST LIST·SERVICE STANDARDS LIST 17
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY (OPT) 18
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING 19
WIRING DIAGRAM E
 FOREWORD
This manual covers the service procedures of the TOYOTA FORKLIFT 8FGF/
8FDF15~30 series. Please use this manual for providing quick, correct servicing of
the corresponding forklift models.

This manual deals with the above models as of August 2007. Please understand that
disagreement can take place between the descriptions in the manual and actual
vehicles due to change in design and specifications. Any change or modifications
thereafter will be informed by Toyota Industrial Equipment Parts & Service News.

For the service procedures of the mounted engine, read the repair manuals listed
below as reference together with this manual.

(Reference)
Repair manuals related to this manual are as follows:

TOYOTA INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT 8FGF/8FDF15~30

VOL.1 REPAIR MANUAL (No. CE056)
TOYOTA INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT 4Y ENGINE
REPAIR MANUAL (No. CE663)
TOYOTA INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT 1DZ-III ENGINE
REPAIR MANUAL (No. CE670)
TOYOTA INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT 3Z ENGINE
REPAIR MANUAL (No. CE671)
TOYOTA INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT LPG DEVICE
REPAIR MANUAL (No. CE669)

-RmR36DQWRV#

,QFOXLUHYLV}HVDRPDQXDO
*(#
*( 760 #
 18-1

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY (OPT)

Page
GENERAL.............................................................18-2
0
GENERAL FUNCTIONS.......................................18-3
1
GENERAL .............................................................18-3
DISPLAY SCREEN AND OPERATION
2
PROCEDURE ......................................................18-4 3
ADMINISTRATOR FUNCTIONS ...............................18-9
4
MASK FUNCTIONS............................................18-13
5
GENERAL ...........................................................18-13
PASSWORD ........................................................18-14
6
ANALYZER .........................................................18-17 7
TUNING ..............................................................18-45 8
OPTION SET .......................................................18-56 9
MATCHING..........................................................18-58
10
WHEEL RADIUS SET ...........................................18-66
11
ENGINE IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT
(4Y ENGINE VEHICLE) .......................................18-68 12
LCD CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT ...........................18-69
13
METER START ....................................................18-70
14
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ASSY....................18-72
DISASSEMBLY·REASSEMBLY .............................18-72
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
E
18-2

GENERAL
The multifunction display is capable of indicating various types of vehicle information by switching the screen
according to the displayed contents.

Name of Each Part

(5)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (1) (2) (3) (4)

STD model/DX model DX model with travel and load handling control

Display specification
No.
STD model DX model DX model (with travel and load handling control)
(1) Lower switch Lower switch Low-speed setting switch/lower switch
(2) Left switch
(3) Right switch
(4) Meter display changeover switch
(5) Multiplex screen display area
 18-3

GENERAL FUNCTIONS
GENERAL
General functions are the functions normally used by an operator or an administrator.
Also, there are three models for the multifunction display, and each has different functions available. 0
General Function List 1
c: Operator can use
✩: Administrator can use (Protected by password)
2
—: No setting
Model Display specification
3
STD model
DX model
Without travel and With travel and
4
Functions load handling control load handling control
Digital speedometer c c c
5
Torque converter oil temperature indicator
Planned maintenance hour warning indicator
c
c
c
c
c
c
6
Status display
Load meter
Low speed setting indicator
—
—
c
—
c
c
7
Travel and load handling control indicator — — c
8
Odometer c c c
Integrating meters Trip meter c c c 9
Planned maintenance hour meter c c c
Diagnostic code display c c c 10
Parking brake ON warning c c c
Warning Parking brake OFF warning c c c 11
Torque converter oil temperature warning c c c
Over speed alarm — c c 12
Low speed level setting — — c
Traveling speed limiter level setting — — ✩ 13
Over speed alarm setting — c c
Level setting
Load meter zero point adjustment — ✩ ✩
14
Planned maintenance hour meter setting ✩ ✩ ✩
Menu lock setting — ✩ ✩
15
Output limit during overheating * c c c
16
*: 4Y engine vehicle only
17
18
19
20
21
E
18-4

DISPLAY SCREEN AND OPERATION PROCEDURE

Key ON Initial Screen
Displayed for about 1 second when turning the ignition key switch
on.

General Screen (Meter Start not Performed)

If the indicator shown in the left illustration is displayed in the
general screen, perform the meter start. (Refer to page 18-70)
Unless the meter start is performed, adding to the odometer, trip
meter, and maintenance hour meter will not start.

General Screen
• Digital speedometer
Traveling speed is displayed in digital for every 1 km/h or 1
mph.
• Torque converter oil gauge
Oil temperature of the torque converter is displayed in 10
levels.
 18-5

Meter Display Screen

(1) With travel and As you press switch (4) on the general screen, the display changes
load handling control over in sequence of odometer → trip meter → maintenance hour
meter → general screen.

0
1
(1) (2) (3) (4) 2
• Odometer
Displays cumulative traveling distance.
3
• Trip meter
Displays cumulative distance of a trip traveling. 4
Pressing switch (1) for more than 2 seconds will reset the
meter. 5
6
7
• Maintenance hour meter
Displays set value and current value of the maintenance hour
8
meter.
9
10
11
12
Load Meter (DX Model/DX Model with Travel and Load
Handling Control Only) 13
• Pressing the load display switch on the lift lever will display
current live load on the screen. 14
In the joystick specification (OPT) vehicle, the fork automatic
leveling stop switch is used. 15
16
17
• The arrow is displayed at a high lift, and flashing the value will
indicate that the display is not correct. 18
• Less than 100 kg will be displayed as 0.00 t.
• If it is displayed as -0.00 t, it indicates that zero point is slightly 19
misaligned to minus side.
• Since it detects the lift cylinder pressure and performs only
simple measurement, do not use it for judging overloading
20
when it is around permissible load.
21
E
18-6

• When there is an abnormality in the load sensor, the screen

flashes as shown in the illustration.

Indicator Display
• Low-speed setting set indicator (DX model with travel and load
handling control only)
As you press switch (1), the indicator is turned on/off, and the
low-speed setting control is activated when the indicator is on.
Level setting is carry out in the low-speed setting screen.

• Travel and load handling control indicator (DX model with

travel and load handling control only)
Displayed when the travel and load handling control is
activated, indicating that the travel and load handling control is
operating.

When lifting height/load sensing traveling speed limit function

is off.
(Lifting height/load sensing sudden acceleration prevention
function can be operated.)

• Maintenance indicator
When the time set in the maintenance hour meter comes, it will
notify with the indicator display and alarm.
 18-7

Warning Display
• Diagnosis display
When the diagnosis is performed, it displays the indicator and
detected error code and sounds an alarm. (Only the errors that
the multifunction display can recognize will be indicated.)

• Parking brake ON warning

If you drive with the parking brake on, the indicator is displayed
and an alarm sounds.

• Parking brake reminder warning

If you turn the ignition key switch off or leave the driving seat
without applying the parking brake, an alarm sounds. (There
will be no indication on the display.)

• Torque converter oil temperature warning

When the torque converter oil temperature reaches the level 9
(approx. 120°C (248°F)), it warns by flashing the indicators all
the way to the level 9. If the oil temperature becomes approx.
140°C (284°F) or above, all the indicators will flash.

• Over speed alarm (only for DX model/DX model with travel

and load handling control)
If the set traveling speed is exceeded, the traveling speed
display will invert and start flashing, and an alarm sounds.
18-8

Setting Screen (DX Model/DX Model with Travel and Load

(1) With travel and Handling Control Only)
load handling control In DX model, pressing switch (1) on the general screen for more
than 2 seconds will display the setting menu screen.
(If the menu lock is set to "enable" in the administrator function, the
setting menu screen will not be displayed.)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

• Setting menu screen (DX model)

Select an item with switch (1), and press switch (4) to display
each setting screen.

• Setting menu screen (DX model with travel and load handling
control)
Select an item with switch (1), and press switch (4) to display
each setting screen.

• Low speed setting screen (only for DX model with travel and
load handling control)
Sets the level of the low speed setting.
If you set it to the level 8, low speed setting function will be
disabled.
Switch (2): Setting level down
Switch (3): Setting level up
Switch (4): Returning to menu screen

• Over speed alarm setting screen (DX model/DX model with

travel and load handling control only)
Sets the traveling speed for the over speed alarm.
Switch (2): Setting traveling speed down
Switch (3): Setting traveling speed up
Switch (4): Returning to menu screen
 18-9

ADMINISTRATOR FUNCTIONS
Administrators can set the vehicle's performance and each function.
Administrator functions are protected with password so that the general operators cannot change those functions.

Administrator Password
Note:
• Always operate switches displayed on the display with a finger tip. If a sharp pointed tool is used, the
switch may be damaged.
• If an operation error occurs during entry operation, turn the ignition key switch OFF and reenter from the
beginning.

Password Entry Procedure

Step Display Operation Vehicle response

When pressing the

switches, a short beep
Press switch (2) and switch (4) at the
1 sounds, and after 2
same time for more than 2 seconds.
seconds another short beep
sounds.
(2) (4)

2 Press switch (3) within 10 seconds. A short beep sounds.

(3)

3 Press switch (3) within 10 seconds. A short beep sounds.

(3)

When pressing the

Within 10 seconds, press switch (2) switches, a short beep
4 and switch (4) at the same time for sounds, and after 2
more than 2 seconds. seconds repeated short
beeps sound.
(2) (4)

5 Administrator menu screen is displayed automatically.

18-10

Administrator Menu Screen

(1) With travel and
load handling control Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): Moving to each setting screen

(1) (4)

• STD model

• DX model
 18-11

• DX model with travel and load handling control

Administrator Function Setting Screen

• Low speed setting screen (DX model with travel and load
handling control only)
This is the same as the one in the general functions.

• Top speed limit screen (DX model with travel and load
handling control only)
Sets the top speed limit when traveling.
If you set it to the level 8, top speed limit function will be
disabled.
Switch (2): Setting level down
Switch (3): Setting level up
Switch (4): Returning to menu screen

• Over speed alarm setting screen (DX model/DX model with

travel and load handling control only)
This is the same as the one in the general functions.
18-12

• Load meter zero point adjustment screen (only for DX model/

DX model with travel and load handling control)
Zero point of the load meter is adjusted.

Pressing switch (1) for more than 2 seconds will reset the
indicated value to 0.
Switch (4): Returning to menu screen

• Maintenance hour meter setting screen

Time for maintenance hour meter is set.
It can be set from 10 to 2000 hours, but you can set it by 10-
hour increments between 10 and 200 hours,
while 50-hour increments between 200 and 2000 hours.
Switch (2): Reducing set time
Switch (3): Increasing set time
Switch (4): Returning to menu screen
Pressing switch (1) for more than 2 seconds will reset the
current value to 0.

• Menu lock screen (DX model/DX model with travel and load
handling control only)
Change in the setting values by an operator can be limited.
Setting to "Yes" will cancel displaying the setting menu screen
for an operator.
Switch (2): Selecting "Yes"
Switch (3): Selecting "No"
Switch (4): Returning to menu screen
 18-13

MASK FUNCTIONS
GENERAL
In the multifunction display, aside from the general functions that an operator or an administrator normally use, the
following mask functions for use by the service staff for vehicle maintenance and specification setting are also
provided.
The service functions are protected by the password so that the important internal data will not be damaged by wrong
use of service functions by users by mistake.

Mask Function List

When used
Function Description Vehicle Board
Others
delivery replacement
Displays the electrical system status
Upon vehicle
Analyzer and reads the error information — —
abnormality
detected by controllers.
Makes fine adjustment of traveling c As requested
Tuning —
and material handling functions. *2 by customer
Sets each vehicle option and other c
Specification setting — —
specifications. *1 *2·*3
Option Setting
Each control function Enables or disables each control c
— —
enable/disable function. *2·*3
Updates voltage values of sensor
c c
Matching signals under the standard vehicle —
*2·*3 *5
condition.
Makes the speedometer reading c c
Wheel radius —
appropriate. *2 *4
Engine idle adjustment c As requested
Adjusts engine idle speed. —
(4Y engine vehicle only) *2 by customer
Adjusts the contrast of the display c As requested
Contrast —
screen. *3 by customer
Starts counting the odometer, trip c
Meter start c —
meter and maintenance hour meter. *3

*1: This is to match the controller and display control according to the installed option and control functions equipped
in the vehicle. Note that this function does not enable or disable the option or control function itself.
*2: Board: SAS/OPS controller
*3: Board: Control board for the multifunction display
*4: When tire size is changed or tire is replaced
*5: During the condition that is listed in matching, page 18-58
18-14

PASSWORD
Note:
• Always operate switches displayed on the display with a finger tip. If a sharp pointed tool is used, the
switch may be damaged.
• If an operation error occurs during entry operation, turn the ignition key switch OFF and reenter from the
beginning.

Password Entry Procedure

Step Display Operation Vehicle response

When pressing the

Press switch (2), switch (3) and switches, a short beep
1 switch (4) at the same time for more sounds, and after 2
than 2 seconds. seconds another short beep
sounds.
(2) (3) (4)

2 Press switch (4) within 10 seconds. A short beep sounds.

(4)

3 Press switch (1) within 10 seconds. A short beep sounds.

(1)

When pressing the

Within 10 seconds, press switch (2) switches, a short beep
4 and switch (3) at the same time for sounds, and after 2
more than 2 seconds. seconds repeated short
beeps sound.
(2) (3)

5 Mask function initial screen is displayed for 5 seconds.

6 MASK MENU screen is automatically displayed.

 18-15

MASK MENU Screen

Caution:
During all the test screen display, the vehicle can be operated normally.

Operating Procedure
1. Enter the password on the general screen (Refer to page 18-
14) to display the MASK MENU screen.

2. Select a desired function using switch (1). Then, press switch

(1) With travel and (4) (set) to display the function screen or setting screen of the
load handling control selected function.
3. Press (enter) switch (4) while selecting "9. END" menu to
return to the general screen.
Also, in each screen, once the ignition key switch is turned
OFF, you can move to the general screen.

(1) (4)

"1. ANALYZER"
This function indicates the electrical system status and reads
the error information detected by the controller.
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To ANALYZER MENU screen
"2. TUNING"
Use this function for fine adjustment of control of the traveling
and material handling.
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To TUNING MENU screen
"3. OPTIONSET"
Use this function to match control of the controller or display
according to the set options or controls.
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To OPTION SET setting screen
18-16

"4. MATCHING"
This function updates the signal voltage values stored in the
controller (signal voltage values from the SAS, Mini Lever or
Load Meter functions sensors under the standard vehicle
condition).
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To MATCHING MENU screen
"5. WHEEL RADIUS"
This function rewrites the tire information in the controller for
correcting the speed indication, odometer and trip meter.
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To WHEEL RADIUS setting screen
"6. IDLE ADJUSTMENT" (4Y engine vehicle only)
Adjusts engine idle speed of the 4Y engine vehicle.
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT setting screen

"7. CONTRAST"
Adjusts the contrast of the display LCD screen.
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT setting screen
"8. METER START"
Starts counting the odometer, trip meter and maintenance hour
meter.
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To METER START setting screen

Note:
After start counting the meters, "METER START" will not be
displayed on the MASK MENU screen.
"9. END"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To general screen
 18-17

ANALYZER
GENERAL
Analyzer function supports operations for inspecting/investigating faulty section by displaying the condition of the
control system, using communication between each controller and the multifunction display.
By switching the multifunction display to analyzer mode, operative conditions of the sensor actuator that is used for
traveling, material handling and SAS/OPS functions, or the error information detected by the controller can be read.
This is very useful for checking operative condition of each function and saving time for repairing when there is a
defect.
Full utilization of the analyzer functions helps quick, easy servicing.
The analyzer has the following functions:
1. Diagnosis memory function (DIAG MEMORY)
The controller stores up to 10 error codes (diagnosis codes) detected in the electrical system in the past. The
diagnosis function reads these error codes and indicates them on the display.
Each error code is displayed with its detection time as the key ON hour meter reading.
2. In/out monitor function (I/O MONITOR)
This function displays the analog input values from individual sensors in the traveling, material handling, SAS
and OPS systems. Monitoring the displayed values enables the quality of each circuit/sensor to be judged.
(1) I/O ENGINE CTRL
Displays ON/OFF states of the 4Y engine controller/ASC controller switch, various input values including
analog input voltage from the sensor, correction value of the control and output condition to the relay.
(2) I/O TRAVELING
Displays each switch ON/OFF state and analog input voltages from sensors for traveling and swing control.
(3) I/O MATERIAL HANDLING
Displays the material handling and mast control switch ON/OFF states and analog input voltages from
material handling and mast control sensors.
(4) I/O STEERING
Displays the ON/OFF states of knob position correction control and the analog input voltages from
respective sensors.
(5) I/O OTHER
Displays the ON/OFF states of hour meter time and other switches and the analog input voltages from
respective sensors.
3. Active test (ACTIVE TEST)
In the active test mode, the controller forcibly outputs an activation signal (ON or OFF signal) to the selected
item in order to permit operation check of that function.
4. Program version display (VERSION)
Displays program version of each controller.
18-18

ANALYZER SCREEN MENU LIST

Analyzer menu screen Screen No. Display item Description

1. DIAG MEMORY 1. ~ 10. Indications of errors occurred

2. I/O ENGINE CTRL IGSW Key switch (IG)
(4Y engine controller) STA Key switch (ST)
BATT Battery voltage
1/10
G/LP Fuel changeover switch
SEL Fuel specification discrimination signal
ADJ Engine specification discrimination signal
MREL EFI main relay drive signal
FC Circuit opening relay drive signal
2/10 LPR LP gas main relay drive signal
LFC LP gas slow solenoid drive signal
OXHT O2 sensor heater drive signal
THA Intake temperature sensor voltage
3/10 THW Coolant temperature sensor voltage
PIM Intake pipe negative pressure sensor voltage
VPA1 Accelerator sensor (1) voltage
4/10 VPA2 Accelerator sensor (2) voltage
PA Accelerator opening angle
VTA1 Throttle position sensor (1) voltage
VTA2 Throttle position sensor (2) voltage
5/10
TA Throttle opening angle
IM Electronic throttle motor current
PA Accelerator opening angle
6/10 NE Engine speed
TA Throttle opening angle
NE Engine speed
7/10 PIM Intake pipe pressure
IGT Ignition timing (spark advance amount)
NE Engine speed
PIM Intake pipe pressure
8/10
INJ Injector correction value (gasoline)
OX O2 sensor voltage
NE Engine speed
PIM Intake pipe pressure
9/10
VF VF voltage (LPG)
OX O2 sensor voltage
NE Engine speed
PIM Intake pipe pressure
10/10
LINJ Injector correction value (LPG)
FCM Air-fuel ratio motor correction value (LPG)
 18-19

Analyzer menu screen Screen No. Display item Description

2. I/O ENGINE CTRL VPA1 Accelerator sensor (1) voltage

(ASC controller) VPA2 Accelerator sensor (2) voltage
1/3
IDLE Idle switch condition
NMR NMR switch condition
BATT Battery voltage
MEN+ Motor relay output
2/3
SRLY Motor relay output condition
STA Key switch (ST)
NE Engine speed
SOP1 Spare switch input (1) condition
3/3
SOP2 Spare switch input (2) condition
OOP1 Spare output (1) condition
3. I/O TRAVELING SPD Traveling speed sensor voltage
(Traveling/swing control ACCSW Accelerator switch (D2 pedal*)
system)
1/3 BRKSW Brake switch
PKBSW Parking brake switch
SPARE Spare
SEAT Seat switch
DRF Forward traveling switch
2/3
DRR Reverse traveling switch
RYF Forward/reverse traveling interrupt relay
YRS Yaw rate sensor voltage
MH Lifting height switch
SA (Unused)
3/3
SWN Swing lock solenoid
PRES Load sensor
SPEED Traveling speed
4. I/O M.HANDLING MD/MU Lift lowering switch/Lift raising switch
(Material handling/mast control MF/MR Forward tilt switch/Backward tilt switch
system)
USOL Unload solenoid
1/6 LSOL Lift lowering lock solenoid
TSOL Tilt control solenoid
BTSL Backward tilt lock solenoid
SEAT Seat switch
MA Tilt angle sensor voltage
MH Lifting height switch
PRES Load sensor
2/6
SWLK Load display switch
SWTK Automatic fork leveling stop switch
SWATS 3/4 way changeover switch
*: 1DZ-III·3Z (Except travel and load handling control model)
18-20

Analyzer menu screen Screen No. Display item Description

4. I/O M.HANDLING Lift lever angle sensor (1) voltage

(Material handling/mast control POTL
Lift lever angle sensor (2) voltage
system) 3/6
LPSOL Lift proportional valve solenoid current
LSOL Lift lowering lock solenoid
Tilt lever angle sensor (1) voltage
POTT
Tilt lever angle sensor (2) voltage
4/6
TPSOL Tilt proportional valve solenoid current
TSOL Tilt solenoid
Attachment (1) lever angle sensor (1) voltage
POTA1
5/6 Attachment (1) lever angle sensor (2) voltage
A1SOL Attachment (1) proportional valve solenoid current
Attachment (2) lever angle sensor (1) voltage
POTA2
6/6 Attachment (2) lever angle sensor (2) voltage
A2SOL Attachment (2) proportional valve solenoid current
5. I/O STEERING TIRE Tire angle sensor voltage
(Steering control system) SPEED Traveling speed
K-POS Steering angle knob position actual value (target value)
STS Steering angle sensor
6. I/O OTHERS HR Hour meter
(Others) 1/2 BATT Battery voltage
THO Torque converter oil temperature sensor voltage
IGSW Key switch (IG)
2/2 MAT Matching connector
MTC (Unused)
7. ACTIVE TEST SWING SOL Swing lock solenoid forced operation
(Operation test) STEERING SOL Knob position compensation solenoid forced operation
1/3
T/C RLY Forward/reverse traveling cut-off relay forced operation
ASC RLY ASC motor relay forced operation
LIFT LWR SOL Lift lowering lock solenoid forced operation
TILT SOL Tilt solenoid forced operation
2/3
TILT BWD SOL Backward tilt lock solenoid forced operation
UNLOAD SOL Unload solenoid forced operation
• Control valve switching forced operation
OPTION RLY
• T/C interlock relay forced operation
3/3
BUZZER Warning buzzer forced operation
SWG TEST LMP Swing lock operation check
8. VERSION DISPLAY Display control program version
(Program version) SAS/OPS ECU SAS/OPS controller program version
ENGINE ECU 4Y engine controller (or ACS controller) program version
 18-21

ANALYZER MENU Screen

Operating Procedure
1. Enter the password on the general screen (Refer to page 18-
14) to display the MASK MENU screen.

2. Check that "1. ANALYZER" is selected (highlighted) on the

(1) With travel and screen and press switch (4) (enter) to call the ANALYZER
load handling control MENU screen.
3. Select the menu with switch (1), and press (enter) switch (4) to
move to the screen of the selected item.
4. If you select "9. END" on the ANALYZER MENU screen and
press switch (4) (enter), the MASK MENU screen appears
again.
(1) (4)

"1. DIAG MEMORY"

Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To "DIAG MEMORY" screen
"2. I/O ENGINE CTRL"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL" screen
"3. I/O TRAVELING"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To "I/O TRAVELING" screen

"4. I/O M.HANDLING"

Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To "I/O M.HANDLING" screen
"5. I/O STEERING"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To "I/O STEERING" screen
"6. I/O OTHERS"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To "I/O OTHERS" screen
18-22

"7. ACTIVE TEST"

Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To "ACTIVE TEST" screen
"8. VERSION"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To "VERSION" screen
"9. END"
Switch (1): Returning to "1. DIAG MEMORY" selection
Switch (4): Returning to MASK MENU screen

Diagnosis Memory Function (DIAG MEMORY)

The controller stores up to 10 most recent errors. The DIAG MEMORY screen displays these diagnosis codes with
their detection time information (in key ON hour meter reading).
The most recent diagnosis code is displayed as 1, followed by 2, 3 and so on to 10.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.

2. Check that "1. DIAG MEMORY" is selected on the screen, and

press (enter) switch (4) to display "DIAG MEMORY 1/2"
screen.
3. Press switch (4) on "DIAG MEMORY 2/2" screen to return to
the ANALYZER MENU screen.
Note:
• When no error codes are displayed on the screen and the
(4) hour meter time is 0.0h, it indicates that no errors
occurred in the past after that row.
• It is impossible to directly jump from the DIAG MEMORY
screen to other function screen. Return to the ANALYZER
MENU screen once and then go to the desired function
screen.
• For details of diagnosis code, refer to section 19,
Diagnosis Code List.
 18-23

"DIAG MEMORY 1/2"

Displays diagnosis 1 to 5.
Switch (4): To "DIAGMEMORY 2/2" screen

"DIAG MEMORY 2/2"

Displays diagnosis 6 to 10.
Switch (4): Returning to the ANALYZER MENU screen
18-24

In/Out Monitor Function (I/O MONITOR)

This function displays the analog input voltage from each of traveling, material handling, SAS and OPS sensors. The
circuit or sensor quality can be judged by monitoring the displayed value.

In/Out Monitor (1) (I/O ENGINE CTRL)

4Y Engine Vehicle
Displays ON/OFF states of the 4Y engine controller switch, various input values including analog input voltage from
the sensor, correction value of the control and output condition to the relay.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) once to check that "2. I/O ENGINE CTRL" is
(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "I/O ENGINE
load handling control CTRL 1/10" screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from I/O ENGINE CTRL screen to the
screen of the other items. Return to ANALYZER MENU screen
once, then move to screen of each item.

(1) (4)
 18-25

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 1/10"

IGSW: Key switch (IG)
IGSW: 0 = OFF
IGSW: 1 = ON
STA: Key switch (ST)
STA: 0 = OFF
STA: 1 = ON
BATT: Battery voltage (V)
Displays battery voltage.
Standard: 8.0 ~ 16.0 V
G/LP: Fuel changeover switch
Displays states of the fuel changeover switch selection.
G/LP: 10 When gasoline is selected
G/LP: 01 When LP gas is selected
SEL: Fuel specification discrimination signal
Displays states of fuel specification discrimination signal.
SEL: 1100 Exclusive for gasoline
SEL: 1010 Exclusive for LP gas
SEL: 0110 Gasoline/LP gas convertible type
SEL: 0101 Gasoline/CNG convertible type (no used)
ADJ: Engine specification discrimination signal
Displays states of engine specification discrimination
signal.
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 2/10" screen

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 2/10"

MREL: EFI main relay drive signal
Displays states of drive signal output to EFI main relay.
MREL: 1 Drive
MREL: 0 Halted
FC: Circuit opening relay drive signal
Displays states of drive signal output to the circuit
opening relay.
FC: 1 Drive
FC: 0 Halted
LPR: LP gas main relay drive signal
Displays states of drive signal output to LP gas main
relay.
LPR: 1 Drive
LPR: 0 Halted
LFC: LP gas slow solenoid drive signal
Displays states of drive signal output to LP gas slow
solenoid.
LFC: 1 Drive
LFC: 0 Halted
18-26

OXHT: O2 sensor heater drive signal

Displays states of drive signal output to the O2 sensor
heater.
OXHT: 1 Drive
OXHT: 0 Halted
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/10" screen

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/10"

THA: Intake temperature sensor
Displays input voltage (V) from the intake temperature
sensor to the controller, and the intake temperature (°C).
THW: Coolant temperature sensor
Displays input voltage (V) from the coolant temperature
sensor to the controller, and the engine coolant
temperature (°C).
PIM: Intake pipe pressure
Displays input voltage (V) from the intake pipe negative
pressure sensor to the controller, and intake pipe
pressure (kPa).
Standard:
3.6 ± 0.3 V (100 ± 10 kPa) (when engine is halted)
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 4/10" screen

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 4/10"

VPA1: Accelerator sensor 1
Displays input voltage (V) from the accelerator sensor (1)
to the controller, and the fully closed accelerator position
stored value (V).
Accelerator sensor (1) voltage standard:
0.2 ~ 1.3 V (when accelerator is not operated)
1.4 ~ 4.1 V (during maximum pressing of accelerator)
Accelerator fully closed position stored value standard:
0.2 ~ 1.3 V
VPA2: Accelerator sensor (2)
Displays input voltage (V) from the accelerator sensor (2)
to the controller, and the fully closed accelerator position
stored value (V).
Accelerator sensor (2) voltage standard:
0.7 ~ 2.0 V (when accelerator is not operated)
2.1 ~ 4.7 V (during maximum pressing of accelerator)
Accelerator fully closed position stored value standard:
0.7 ~ 2.0 V
PA: Accelerator opening angle
Displays operation amount of the accelerator pedal (%).
Accelerator opening angle standard:
0% (when accelerator is not operated)
100% (during maximum pressing of accelerator)
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 5/10" screen
 18-27

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 5/10"

VTA1: Throttle position sensor (1)
Displays input voltage (V) from the throttle position sensor
(1) to the controller, and the fully closed throttle position
stored value (V).
Throttle position sensor (1) voltage standard:
0.3 ~ 1.5 V (during engine idle (after warm-up))
Throttle fully closed position stored value standard:
0.3 ~ 1.5 V
VTA2: Throttle position sensor (2) voltage
Displays input voltage (V) from the throttle position sensor
(2) to the controller, and the fully closed throttle position
stored value (V).
Throttle position sensor (2) voltage standard:
1.7 ~ 3.3 V (during engine idle (after warm-up))
Throttle fully closed position stored value standard:
1.7 ~ 3.3 V
TA: Throttle opening angle
Displays throttle position (° ).
Standard:
1.0 ~ 8.0° (during engine idle (after warm-up))
IM: Electronic throttle motor current
Displays current flowing to the electronic throttle motor.
Standard: 0.2 ~ 10.0 A
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 6/10" screen

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 6/10"

PA: Accelerator opening angle (refer to page 18-26)
NE: Engine speed
Displays engine speed (rpm) and traveling speed (km/h).
Engine speed standard: 0 ~ 3500 rpm
TA: Throttle opening angle (refer to page 18-27)
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 7/10" screen

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 7/10"

NE: Engine speed (refer to page 18-27)
PIM: Intake pipe pressure (refer to page 18-26)
IGT: Ignition timing (spark advance amount)
Displays ignition timing (spark advance amount: ° ).
Standard:
5.0 ~ 25.0 ° (during engine idle (after warm-up))
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 8/10" screen
18-28

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 8/10"

NE: Engine speed (refer to page 18-27)
PIM: Intake pipe pressure (refer to page 18-26)
INJ: Injector correction value (gasoline)
Displays correction value of the fuel injection amount.
OX: O2 sensor voltage
Displays input voltage (V) from the O2 sensor to the
controller, and the O2 sensor monitor.
O2 sensor voltage standard: 0 ~ 1.0 V
O2 sensor monitor
1: rich
0: lean
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 9/10" screen

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 9/10"

NE: Engine speed (refer to page 18-27)
PIM: Intake pipe pressure (refer to page 18-26)
VF: VF voltage (LPG)
Displays the voltage (V) output from VF terminal.
Standard: 2.0 ~ 3.0 V
OX: O2 sensor voltage (refer to page 18-28)
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 10/10" screen

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 10/10"

NE: Engine speed (refer to page 18-27)
PIM: Intake pipe pressure (refer to page 18-26)
LINJ: Injector correction value (LPG)
Displays correction value of the fuel injection amount.
FCM: Air-fuel ratio motor correction value (LPG)
Displays correction value of the air-fuel ratio motor
opening angle.
Switch (4): To ANALYZER MENU screen

In/Out Monitor (1) (I/O ENGINE CTRL)

1DZ-III/3Z Engine Travel and Load Handling Control Specification Vehicle
Displays ON/OFF states of the ASC controller switch, and analog input voltage of the sensor and its output condition
to the relay.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.
 18-29

2. Press switch (1) once to check that "2. I/O ENGINE CTRL" is
selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "I/O ENGINE
CTRL 1/3" screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from I/O ENGINE CTRL screen to the
screen of the other items. Return to ANALYZER MENU screen
once, then move to screen of each item.

(1) (4)

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 1/3"

VPA1:
Displays accelerator sensor (1) voltage and accelerator sensor
(1) fully closed position stored value.
Accelerator sensor (1) voltage standard:
0.2 ~ 1.3 V (when accelerator is not operated)
1.4 ~ 4.1 V (during maximum pressing of accelerator)
Accelerator fully closed position stored value standard:
0.2 ~ 1.3 V
VPA2:
Displays accelerator sensor (2) voltage and accelerator sensor
(2) fully closed position stored value.
Accelerator sensor (2) voltage standard:
0.7 ~ 2.0 V (when accelerator is not operated)
2.1 ~ 4.7 V (during maximum pressing of accelerator)
Accelerator fully closed position stored value standard:
0.7 ~ 2.0 V (fully closed position stored value)
IDLE: Idle switch condition
IDLE: 0 = OFF
IDLE: 1 = ON
NMR: NMR switch condition
NMR: 0 = OFF
NMR: 1 = ON
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 2/3" screen

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 2/3"

BATT: Battery voltage
Displays battery voltage (V).
Standard: 8.0 ~ 16.0 V
MEN+: Motor relay output voltage
Standard: 8.0 ~ 16.0 V
18-30

SRLY: Motor relay output state

SRLY: 0 = OFF
SRLY: 1 = ON
STA: Key switch (ST)
STA: 0 = OFF
STA: 1 = ON
Switch (4): To "I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/3" screen

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/3"

NE:
Displays engine speed (rpm), and engine speed sensor
voltage (V).
Engine speed standard: 0 ~ 3000 rpm
SOP1: state of spare switch input 1
Unused
SOP2: state of spare switch input 2
Unused
OOP: State of spare output 1
Unused
Switch (4): To ANALYZER MENU screen

In/Out Monitor (1) (I/O ENGINE CTRL)

1DZ-III/3Z Engine Vehicle (Vehicle without Engine Control Controller)

Operating Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) once to check that "2. I/O ENGINE CTRL" is
selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "I/O ENGINE
CTRL 1/1" screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from I/O ENGINE CTRL screen to the
screen of the other items. Return to ANALYZER MENU screen
once, then move to screen of each item.

(1) (4)
 18-31

"I/O ENGINE CTRL 1/1"

Switch (4): To ANALYZER MENU screen

In/Out Monitor (2) (I/O TRAVELING)

This function displays the ON/OFF status of traveling and swing switches, and analog input voltages of sensors.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) twice to check that "3. I/O TRAVELING" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "I/O
load handling control TRAVELING 1/3" screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from I/O TRAVELING screen to the
screen of the other items. Return to ANALYZER MENU screen
once, then move to screen of each item.

(1) (4)

"I/O TRAVELING 1/3"

SPD: Traveling speed sensor voltage (V), and traveling speed
(km/h)
Checks traveling speed sensor voltage when the vehicle
is halted.
ACCSW: Accelerator switch check (D2 pedal)
ACCSW: 1 = ON when D2 pedal is depressed
ACCSW: 0 = OFF when D2 pedal is not operated
Switch ON/OFF quality judgment by operating the D2
pedal
18-32

BRKSW: Brake switch check

BRKSW: 1 = ON when brake pedal is depressed
BRKSW: 0 = OFF when brake pedal is not operated
Switch ON/OFF quality judgment by operating the brake
pedal
PKBSW: Parking switch check
PKBSW: 1 = ON in a state of parking brake being
operated
PKBSW: 0 = OFF in a state of parking brake being
released
Judges the quality of the switch ON/OFF by operating the
parking brake pedal
SPARE: Spare
Unused
Switch (4): To "I/O TRAVELING 2/3" screen

"I/O TRAVELING 2/3"

SEAT: Seat switch check
SEAT: 1 = ON when taking the seat
SEAT: 0 = OFF when leaving the seat
Switch ON/OFF quality judgment by sitting on and leaving
the operator’s seat
DRF: Forward direction switch check
DRR: Reverse direction switch check
Displayed code
Direction lever
DRF: DRR:
Forward traveling position 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF)
Neutral position 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF)
Reverse travel position 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON)

Switch ON/OFF quality judgment by operating the

direction lever
RYF: Forward/reverse traveling cut-off relay
Displays output signal to forward/reverse traveling cut-off
relay.
RYF: 1 = ON Relay energized (forward/reverse traveling
not possible) state
RYF: 0 = OFF Relay non-energized (forward/reverse
traveling possible) state
Switch (4): To "I/O TRAVELING 3/3" screen

"I/O TRAVELING 3/3"

YRS: Yaw rate sensor voltage (V)
Checks the input voltage from the yaw rate sensor to the
controller.
Standard when vehicle is stationary: 2.2 ~ 2.8 V
 18-33

MH: Lifting height switch check

MH2-2
MH1 MH2-1
1 = ON
0 = OFF
Judges the quality of the switch ON/OFF by raising and
lowering the material handling. (Refer to Lifting Height
Switch ON/OFF Combination List)
SA: Unused
SWN: Swing lock solenoid
Displays output signal to the swing lock solenoid.
SWN: 1 = ON Energized (swing lock released) state
SWN: 0 = OFF Non-energized (swing lock) state
PRES: Load sensor
Displays input voltage (V) from the load sensor to the
controller, and detected pressure (MPa).
Standard: 0.5 ~ 4.5 V
Voltage increases as load increases.
SPEED: Traveling speed (km/h)
Checks traveling speed.
Switch (4): To ANALYZER MENU screen
Lifting Height Switch (MH) ON/OFF Combination Table

(MH1)
E3

Lifting height switch circuit diagram (MH2-1)

(MH2-2)
MH1 1 (= ON)
At a low lift
MH2-1 0 (= OFF)
(less than 2200 mm (87 in)*)
MH2-2 0 (= OFF)
MH1 0 (= OFF)
At a medium lift
MH2-1 1 (= ON)
(2200 mm (87 in) or more)
MH2-2 0 (= OFF)

*: The height at which the lifting height switch changes will vary according to the lifting height set for the mast.
18-34

In/Out Monitor (3) (I/O MATERIAL HANDLING)

This function displays the ON/OFF status of material handling and mast control switches and analog input voltages
from sensors.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 3 times to check that "4. I/O M.HANDLING" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "I/O
load handling control M.HANDLING 1/6" screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from I/O MATERIAL HANDLING
screen to the screen of the other items. Return to ANALYZER
MENU screen once, then move to screen of each item.

(1) (4)

"I/O M.HANDLING 1/6"

MD: Lift lowering switch check (STD lever vehicle only)
MU: Lift raising switch check (STD lever vehicle with travel and
load handling control (OPT) only)
Displayed code
Lift lever
MD: MU:
Lowering position 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF)
Neutral position 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF)
Raising position 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON)

Switch ON/OFF quality judgment by operating the lift

lever
MF: Forward tilt switch check (STD lever vehicle only)
MR: Backward tilt switch check (STD lever vehicle only)
Displayed code
Tilt lever
MF: MR:
Forward tilt position 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF)
Neutral position 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF)
Backward tilt position 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON)

Switch ON/OFF quality judgment by operating the tilt

lever
 18-35

USOL: Unload solenoid

Displays output signal to the unload solenoid.
LSOL: Lift lowering lock solenoid
Displays output signal to the lift lowering lock solenoid.
TSOL: Tilt control solenoid
Displays output signal to the tilt control solenoid.
BTSL: Backward tilt lock solenoid (STD lever vehicle only)
Displays output signal to the backward tilt lock solenoid.
SEAT: Seat switch check
Judge the quality of the switch ON/OFF by sitting on and
leaving the operator ’s seat.
Switch (4): To "I/O M.HANDLING 2/6" screen
Condition of the seat/lever and detected values (USOL/LSOL/TSOL/BTSL/SEAT)
Seat condition Sitting on seat Leaving seat
Lift lever Tilt lever
Not Backward tilt
Lever condition —
operated Raising Lowering Forward tilt Low lifting High lifting
height height
USOL 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON)
LSOL 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF)
STD lever vehicle TSOL 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF)
BTSL 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF)
SEAT 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF)
USOL 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF)
LSOL 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF)
Mini lever vehicle TSOL 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF)
BTSL — — — — — — —
SEAT 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 1 (= ON) 0 (= OFF)

"I/O M.HANDLING 2/6"

MA: Tilt angle sensor voltage (V)
Checks the input voltage from the tilt angle sensor to the
controller.
Standard with mast in the vertical position:
1.1 ~ 4.2 V
Mast vertical → forward tilt: Input voltage decreases
Mast vertical → backward tilt: Input voltage increases
MH: Lifting height switch check (refer to page 18-33)
PRES: Load sensor (refer to page 18-33)
SWLK: Load display switch check (DX model only)
SWLK: 0 = OFF
SWLK: 1 = ON
Judge the quality of the switch ON/OFF by operating the
lift knob switch.
18-36

SWTK: Automatic fork leveling stop switch

SWTK: 0 = OFF
SWTK: 1 = ON
Judge the quality of the switch ON/OFF by operating the
tilt knob switch.
SWATS: 3/4 way changeover switch check
SWATS: 1 = ON
When tilting the switch to right (4 way side is activated)
SWATS: 0 = OFF
When tilting the switch to left (3 way side is activated)
Judge the quality of the switch ON/OFF by operating the
changeover switch.
Switch (4): To "I/O M.HANDLING 3/6" screen

"I/O M.HANDLING 3/6"

POTL: Lift lever angle sensor (1) voltage (V)/lift lever angle
sensor (2) voltage (V)
Standard
Lift lever angle sensor Lift lever angle sensor
Lift lever
(1) voltage (2) voltage
Raising 1.8 ~ 4.1 V 0.3 ~ 2.9 V
Lowering 0.4 ~ 2.8 V 1.6 ~ 4.3 V

Judge the raise and lower input quality by lift lever

operation.
LPSOL: Lift proportional valve solenoid current (A)
Judge the output quality to lift proportional valve solenoid
by lift lever operation.
Standard when lever is operated: 0.3 ~ 0.85 A
LSOL: Lift lowering lock solenoid (refer to page 18-35)
Switch (4): To "I/O M.HANDLING 4/6" screen

"I/O M.HANDLING 4/6"

POTT: Tilt lever angle sensor (1) voltage (V)/tilt lever angle
sensor (2) voltage (V)
Standard
Tilt lever angle sensor Tilt lever angle sensor
Tilt lever
(1) voltage (2) voltage
Forward tilt 1.8 ~ 4.1 V 0.3 ~ 2.9 V
Backward tilt 0.4 ~ 2.8 V 1.6 ~ 4.3 V

Judge the input quality during forward tilt/backward tilt by

tilt lever operation.
 18-37

TPSOL: Tilt proportional valve solenoid current (A)

Judge the output quality to tilt proportional valve solenoid
by tilt lever operation.
Standard when lever is operated: 0.3 ~ 0.85 A
TSOL: Tilt lock solenoid (refer to page 18-35)
Switch (4): To "I/O M.HANDLING 5/6" screen

"I/O M.HANDLING 5/6"

POTA1: Attachment (1) lever angle sensor (1) voltage (V)
/attachment (1) lever angle sensor (2) voltage (V)
Standard
Attachment (1) lever Attachment (1) lever
Attachment (1)
angle sensor (1) angle sensor (2)
lever
voltage voltage
Backward tilt
1.8 ~ 4.1 V 0.3 ~ 2.9 V
side
Forward tilt
0.4 ~ 2.8 V 1.6 ~ 4.3 V
side

Judge the input quality by attachment (1) lever operation.

A1SOL: Attachment (1) proportional valve solenoid current (A)
Judge the output quality to attachment (1) proportional
valve solenoid by attachment (1) lever operation.
Standard when lever is operated: 0.3 ~ 0.85 A
Switch (4): To "I/O M.HANDLING 6/6" screen

"I/O M.HANDLING 6/6"

POTA2: Attachment (2) lever angle sensor (1) voltage (V)
/attachment (2) lever angle sensor (2) voltage (V)
Standard
Attachment (2) lever Attachment (2) lever
Attachment (2)
angle sensor (1) angle sensor (2)
lever
voltage voltage
Backward tilt
1.8 ~ 4.1 V 0.3 ~ 2.9 V
side
Forward tilt
0.4 ~ 2.8 V 1.6 ~ 4.3 V
side

Judge the input quality by attachment (2) lever operation.

A2SOL: Attachment (2) proportional valve solenoid current (A)
Judge the output quality to attachment (2) proportional
valve solenoid by attachment (2) lever operation.
Standard when lever is operated: 0.3 ~ 0.85 A
Switch (4): Returning to ANALYZER MENU screen
18-38

In/out monitor (4) (I/O STEERING)

This function displays ON/OFF status of the knob position correction and other switches, and analog input voltages
from sensors.

Operation Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 4 times to check that "5. I/O STEERING" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "I/O
load handling control STEERING 1/1" screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from I/O STEERING screen to the
screen of the other items. Return to ANALYZER MENU screen
once, then move to screen of each item.

(1) (4)

"I/O STEERING 1/1"

TIRE: Tire angle sensor voltage (V)
Operates the steering wheel to check the variation in
voltage.
Standard when tires are in straight ahead position:
1.9 ~ 2.4 V
SPEED: Traveling speed (refer to page 18-33)
K-POS: Steering knob position actual value (target value) and
steering synchronizer solenoid
Actual value:
The knob position calculated and recognized by the
controller from the steering angle sensor signal
Target value:
The knob position calculated and recognized by the
controller from the tire angle sensor signal
Steering synchronizer solenoid:
0 = OFF (non-energized) state
1 = ON (energized) state
 18-39

One rotation (360°) of the steering wheel is divided by

160, and the value is set to "80" when the knob is in the
position as indicated in the illustration.
159 Clockwise turn of the steering wheel: Increase in value
0 Counterclockwise turn of the steering wheel: Decrease in
1
value
STS: Steering angle sensor check
80

Standard position STSC

STS1 STS2
1 = ON
0 = OFF
When the steering wheel is rotated once, STS1 and STS2
repeat ON and OFF.
STSC only turns on when the knob is in the standard
position.
Switch (4): To ANALYZER MENU screen

In/Out Monitor (5) (I/O OTHERS)

Displays the ON/OFF states of hour meter time and other switches, and the analog input voltages from respective
sensors.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 5 times to check that "6. I/O OTHERS" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "I/O OTHERS
load handling control 1/2" screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from I/O OTHERS screen to the
screen of the other items. Return to ANALYZER MENU screen
once, then move to screen of each item.

(1) (4)
18-40

"I/O OTHERS 1/2"

HR: Hour meter
Displays hour meter value.
BATT: Battery voltage (V)
Displays battery voltage.
Standard: 8.0 ~ 16.0 V
THO: Torque converter oil temperature
Displays torque converter oil temperature sensor voltage
(V), and oil temperature (°C).
Switch (4): To "I/O OTHERS 2/2" screen

"I/O OTHERS 2/2"

IGSW: Key switch
Displays key switch ON/OFF.
IGSW: 1 = ON
IGSW: 0 = OFF
MAT: Matching connector
Displays states of matching connector.
MAT: 0 = OFF
State of matching connector separation
MAT: 1 = ON
State of matching connector connection
This will not be displayed for mini lever or joystick vehicle.
MTC: Unused
Switch (4): Returning to ANALYZER MENU screen
 18-41

Active Test (ACTIVE TEST)

This function outputs ON/OFF signals to switches in the electrical system and compare controller input signals with
those signals.
Active Test Menu List
Selection item
Item Description
Signal Content of operation Signal Content of operation
SWING SOL Swing lock solenoid forced operation ON Unlock OFF Lock
Steering synchronizer solenoid forced
STEERING SOL ON By-pass open OFF By-pass close
operation
Forward/reverse traveling interrupt relay Traveling not
T/C RLY ON OFF Traveling possible
forced operation possible
ASC RLY ASC motor relay forced operation ON Engine control OFF Engine idle state
Lowering not
LIFT LWR SOL Lift lowering lock solenoid forced operation ON Lowering possible OFF
possible
Forward tilt not
Forward tilt possible
possible
TILT SOL Tilt control solenoid forced operation ON Backward tilting OFF
Backward tilting
speed limited
speed not limited
Backward tilt not
TILT BWD SOL Backward tilt lock solenoid forced operation ON Backward tilt possible OFF
possible
STD lever vehicle:
STD lever vehicle:
Material handling
Material handling
other than lowering
possible
not possible
UNLOAD SOL Unload solenoid forced operation ON OFF Mini lever or joystick
Mini lever or joystick
lever vehicle:
vehicle:
Material handling not
Material handling
possible *1
possible
• 4th way material
• 3rd way material
handling
• 3/4 way changeover switch handling operation
OPTION RLY ON operation*2 OFF
• T/C interlock relay forced operation • T/C interlock
• T/C interlock
activated
released
BUZZER Warning buzzer forced operation ON Buzzer ON OFF Buzzer OFF
SWG TEST LMP Swing lock solenoid operation display ON Indication OFF No indication

*1: It may be lowered according to load condition.

*2: Number of ways may differ according to material handling piping.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.
18-42

2. Press switch (1) 6 times to check that "7. ACTIVE TEST" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "ACTIVE
load handling control
TEST 1/3" screen.
Switch (1): Move to next item
Switch (2): Forced OFF
Switch (3): Forced ON
Switch (4): Returning to ANALYZER MENU screen
Note:
(1) (2) (3) (4) You cannot move directly from ACTIVE TEST screen to the
screen of the other items. Return to ANALYZER MENU screen
once, then move to screen of each item.

"ACTIVE TEST 1/3"

SWING SOL: Swing lock solenoid
Jack up the rear axle, and check that the rear axle
swings.
ON (solenoid ON): Unlock
OFF (solenoid OFF): Lock
STEERING SOL: Steering synchronizer solenoid
Slowly turn the steering wheel, and check the difference
of the rear tire movement.
ON (By-pass open): Tires do not move much
OFF (By-pass close): Tires move (normal operation)
T/C RLY: Forward/reverse interrupt relay
Check the operation of the torque converter forward/
reverse interrupt relay.
ON (relay ON): Traveling not possible
OFF (relay OFF): Traveling possible (normal operation)
ASC RLY: ASC motor relay
Check the operation of the motor power supply relay.
ON (relay ON): Traveling possible (normal operation)
OFF (relay OFF): Engine idle state

"ACTIVE TEST 2/3"

Note:
When performing ACTIVE TEST 2/3 item, make sure to sit on
the seat correctly. If not, OPS is activated and material
handling operation may be limited.
LIFT LWR SOL: Lift lowering lock solenoid
Check the quality of lowering action by lift lowering
operation.
ON (solenoid ON): Lowering possible
(normal operation)
OFF (solenoid OFF): Lowering not possible
 18-43

TILT SOL: Tilt control solenoid

Check the quality of mast forward tilt operation by forward
tilt operation.
ON (solenoid ON):
Forward tilt possible, backward tilting speed limited
OFF (solenoid OFF):
Forward tilt not possible, backward tilt operated normally
TILT BWD SOL: Backward tilt lock solenoid (STD lever
vehicle)
Check the quality of mast backward tilt operation by
backward tilt operation.
ON (solenoid ON): Backward tilt possible
(normal operation)
OFF (solenoid OFF): Backward tilt not possible
UNLOAD SOL: Unload valve solenoid
Check the quality of material handling operation by
material handling operation.
STD lever vehicle
ON (solenoid ON):
Material handling other than lowering operation not
possible (Depending on the attachment, 3rd to 5th
way operation may be possible)
OFF (solenoid OFF):
Material handling operation possible
Mini lever or joystick vehicle
ON (solenoid ON):
Material handling operation possible
OFF (solenoid OFF):
Material handling operation not possible (It may
slowly lower according to load condition, but this is
not a fault.)

"ACTIVE TEST 3/3"

OPTION RLY:
3/4 way changeover:
Using a dual lever, check that the allocated material
handling operation is switched over.
ON (relay ON):
4th way operation is possible. (Number of ways may differ
according to material handling piping.)
OFF (relay OFF):
3rd way operation is possible.
T/C interlock relay:
ON (relay ON): Travel is possible
OFF (relay OFF): Travel is not possible
BUZZER: Warning buzzer forced operation
Check the warning buzzer operation.
ON: Buzzer sounds
OFF: Buzzer stops
SWG TEST LAMP:
Check the swing lock operation states according to traveling
and material handling states by OPS light.
ON (Indicated):
Operation situation is indicated with OPS light.
OPS light ON: Swing lock operated
OPS light OFF: Swing lock released
OFF (not indicated):
OPS light operates as OPS light (normal operation).
18-44

Program Version (VERSION)

Displays program version of each controller.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the ANALYZER MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 7 times to check that "8. VERSION" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "VERSION"
load handling control screen.
Switch (4): Returning to ANALYZER MENU screen

(1) (4)

"VERSION"
DISPLAY: Displaying program version
Program version of the multifunction display
SAS/OPS: SAS/OPS program version
Program version of SAS/OPS controller
ENGINE: 4Y (or ASC) program version
4Y engine controller (or ASC controller) program version
 18-45

TUNING
GENERAL
Performs fine adjustment of traveling and material handling control.
When receiving a request from a user such as "I want to adjust the lift idle up", a setting level can be altered from the
tuning screen.
Tuning Item List
• No.6 ~ No.19 are not used (not indicated).
• No.20 ~ No.69 are for mini lever or joystick specification (OPT) vehicle only.

Level (z: initial setting value)

No. Item
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 Lift idle up * Slow z Fast

2 T/C Interlock threshold Slow z Fast

3 Spare 1 z

4 Spare 2 z

5 Spare 3 z

Lift lowering adjustment (1):

20 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of lift lowering Small z Large
operation.
Lift lowering adjustment (2):
21 Slow z Fast
Adjusts inching speed during lift lowering operation.
Lift lowering adjustment (3):
22 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during the lift Small z Large
lowering operation.
Lift lowering adjustment (4):
23 Weak z Strong
Adjusts acceleration speed during lift lowering operation.
Lift lowering adjustment (5):
24 Weak z Strong
Adjusts deceleration speed during lift lowering operation.
Lift raising adjustment (1):
25 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of lift raising Small z Large
operation.
Lift raising adjustment (2):
26 Slow z Fast
Adjusts inching speed during lift raising operation.
Lift raising adjustment (3):
27 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during the lift raising Small z Large
operation.
Lift raising adjustment (4):
28 Weak z Strong
Adjusts acceleration speed during lift raising operation.
Lift raising adjustment (5):
29 Weak z Strong
Adjusts deceleration speed during lift raising operation.
Forward tilt adjustment (1):
30 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of forward tilt Small z Large
operation.
Forward tilt adjustment (2):
31 Slow z Fast
Adjusts inching speed during forward tilt operation.

*: Vehicle with travel and load handling control (OPT)

18-46

Level (z: initial setting value)

No. Item
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Forward tilt adjustment (3):

32 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during forward tilt Small z Large
operation.
Forward tilt adjustment (4):
33 Weak z Strong
Adjusts acceleration speed during forward tilt operation.
Forward tilt adjustment (5):
34 Weak z Strong
Adjusts deceleration speed during forward tilt operation.
Backward tilt adjustment (1):
35 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of backward Small z Large
tilt operation.
Backward tilt adjustment (2):
36 Slow z Fast
Adjusts inching speed during backward tilt operation.
Backward tilt adjustment (3):
37 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during backward tilt Small z Large
operation.
Backward tilt adjustment (4):
38 Weak z Strong
Adjusts acceleration speed during backward tilt operation.
Backward tilt adjustment (5):
39 Weak z Strong
Adjusts deceleration speed during backward tilt operation.
Attachment (1) lever forward tilt side adjustment (1):
40 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of attachment Small z Large
(1) lever forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (1) lever forward tilt side adjustment (2):
41 Adjusts inching speed during the attachment (1) lever forward Slow z Fast
tilt side operation.
Attachment (1) lever forward tilt side adjustment (3):
42 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during the Small z Large
attachment (1) lever forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (1) lever forward tilt side adjustment (4):
43 Adjusts acceleration speed during the attachment (1) lever Weak z Strong
forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (1) lever forward tilt side adjustment (5):
44 Adjusts deceleration speed during the attachment (1) lever Weak z Strong
forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (1) lever backward tilt side adjustment (1):
45 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of attachment Small z Large
(1) lever backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (1) lever backward tilt side adjustment (2):
46 Adjusts inching speed during the attachment (1) lever Slow z Fast
backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (1) lever backward tilt side adjustment (3):
47 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during the Small z Large
attachment (1) lever backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (1) lever backward tilt side adjustment (4):
48 Adjusts acceleration speed during the attachment (1) lever Weak z Strong
backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (1) lever backward tilt side adjustment (5):
49 Adjusts deceleration speed during the attachment (1) lever Weak z Strong
backward tilt side operation.
 18-47

Level (z: initial setting value)

No. Item
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Attachment (2) lever forward tilt side adjustment (1):

50 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of attachment Small z Large
(2) lever forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (2) lever forward tilt side adjustment (2):
51 Adjusts inching speed during the attachment (2) lever forward Slow z Fast
tilt side operation.
Attachment (2) lever forward tilt side adjustment (3):
52 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during the Small z Large
attachment (2) lever forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (2) lever forward tilt side adjustment (4):
53 Adjusts acceleration speed during the attachment (2) lever Weak z Strong
forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (2) lever forward tilt side adjustment (5):
54 Adjusts deceleration speed during the attachment (2) lever Weak z Strong
forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (2) lever backward tilt side adjustment (1):
55 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of attachment Small z Large
(2) lever backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (2) lever backward tilt side adjustment (2):
56 Adjusts inching speed during the attachment (2) lever Slow z Fast
backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (2) lever backward tilt side adjustment (3):
57 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during the Small z Large
attachment (2) lever backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (2) lever backward tilt side adjustment (4):
58 Adjusts acceleration speed during the attachment (2) lever Weak z Strong
backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (2) lever backward tilt side adjustment (5):
59 Adjusts deceleration speed during the attachment (2) lever Weak z Strong
backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (3) lever forward tilt side adjustment (1):
60 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of attachment Small z Large
(3) lever forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (3) lever forward tilt side adjustment (2):
61 Adjusts inching speed during the attachment (3) lever forward Slow z Fast
tilt side operation.
Attachment (3) lever forward tilt side adjustment (3):
62 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during the Small z Large
attachment (3) lever forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (3) lever forward tilt side adjustment (4):
63 Adjusts acceleration speed during the attachment (3) lever Weak z Strong
forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (3) lever forward tilt side adjustment (5):
64 Adjusts deceleration speed during the attachment (3) lever Weak z Strong
forward tilt side operation.
Attachment (3) lever backward tilt side adjustment (1):
65 Adjusts solenoid output current at the beginning of attachment Small z Large
(3) lever backward tilt side operation.
18-48

Level (z: initial setting value)

No. Item
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Attachment (3) lever backward tilt side adjustment (2):

66 Adjusts inching speed during the attachment (3) lever Slow z Fast
backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (3) lever backward tilt side adjustment (3):
67 Adjusts solenoid maximum output current during the Small z Large
attachment (3) lever backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (3) lever backward tilt side adjustment (4):
68 Adjusts acceleration speed during the attachment (3) lever Weak z Strong
backward tilt side operation.
Attachment (3) lever backward tilt side adjustment (5):
69 Adjusts deceleration speed during the attachment (3) lever Weak z Strong
backward tilt side operation.
 18-49

TUNING MENU Screen

Operating Procedure
1. Enter the password on the general screen (Refer to page 18-
14) to display the MASK MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) to check that "2. TUNING" is selected, and

press (enter) switch (4) to display TUNING MENU screen.
(1) With travel and
load handling control 3. Select the menu with switch (1), and press (enter) switch (4) to
move to the tuning screen of the selected item.
4. Press (enter) switch (4) while selecting "7. END" menu to
return to MASK MENU screen.

(1) (4)

"1. COMMON"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To TUNING LEVEL setting screen
"2. LIFT LEVER"
(mini lever/joystick vehicle)
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To TUNING LEVEL setting screen
"3. TILT LEVER"
(mini lever/joystick vehicle)
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To TUNING LEVEL setting screen

"4. ATT1 LEVER"

(mini lever/joystick vehicle)
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To TUNING LEVEL setting screen
"5. ATT2 LEVER"
(mini lever/joystick vehicle)
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To TUNING LEVEL setting screen
"6. ATT3 LEVER" (mini lever vehicle)
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To TUNING LEVEL setting screen
18-50

"7. END"
Switch (1): Returning to "1. COMMON" selection
Switch (4): Returning to MASK MENU screen

COMMON (TUNING COMMON)

Sets tuning levels for standard functions.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the TUNING MENU screen.

2. Check that "1. COMMON" is selected, and press (enter) switch

(1) With travel and (4) to display TUNING LEVEL setting screen.
load handling control
Note:
You cannot move directly from level setting screen of
COMMON to the screen of the other items. Return to TUNING
MENU screen once, then move to level setting screen of each
item.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"TUNE COM."
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2): Tuning level down
Switch (3): Tuning level up
Switch (4): Returning to TUNING MENU screen
 18-51

LIFT LEVER (TUNING LIFT LEVER)

Sets tuning levels for the lift lever of mini lever and joystick vehicles.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the TUNING MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) once to check that "2. LIFT LEVER" is

selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the TUNING
(1) With travel and LEVEL setting screen.
load handling control
Note:
You cannot move directly from level setting screen of LIFT
LEVER to the screen of the other items. Return to TUNING
MENU screen once, then move to level setting screen of each
item.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"TUNE LIFT"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2): Tuning level down
Switch (3): Tuning level up
Switch (4): Returning to TUNING MENU screen
18-52

TILT LEVER (TUNING TILT LEVER)

Sets tuning levels for the tilt lever of mini lever and joystick vehicles.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the TUNING MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) twice to check that "3. TILT LEVER" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the TUNING
load handling control LEVEL setting screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from level setting screen of TILT
LEVER to the screen of the other items. Return to TUNING
MENU screen once, then move to level setting screen of each
item.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"TUNE TILT"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2): Tuning level down
Switch (3): Tuning level up
Switch (4): Returning to TUNING MENU screen
 18-53

ATT1 LEVER (TUNING ATT1 LEVER)

Sets tuning levels for the ATT1 lever of mini lever and joystick vehicles.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the TUNING MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 3 times to check that "4. ATT1 LEVER" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the TUNING
load handling control LEVEL setting screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from level setting screen of ATT1
LEVER to the screen of the other items. Return to TUNING
MENU screen once, then move to level setting screen of each
item.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"TUNE ATT1"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2): Tuning level down
Switch (3): Tuning level up
Switch (4): Returning to TUNING MENU screen
18-54

ATT2 LEVER (TUNING ATT2 LEVER)

Sets tuning levels for the ATT2 lever of mini lever and joystick vehicles.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the TUNING MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 4 times to check that "5. ATT2 LEVER" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the TUNING
load handling control LEVEL setting screen.
Note:
You cannot move directly from level setting screen of ATT2
LEVER to the screen of the other items. Return to TUNING
MENU screen once, then move to level setting screen of each
item.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"TUNE ATT2"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2): Tuning level down
Switch (3): Tuning level up
Switch (4): Returning to TUNING MENU screen
 18-55

ATT3 LEVER (TUNING ATT3 LEVER)

Sets tuning levels for ATT3 of mini lever vehicles.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the TUNING MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 5 times to check that "6. ATT3 LEVER" is

selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the TUNING
(1) With travel and LEVEL setting screen.
load handling control
Note:
You cannot move directly from level setting screen of ATT3
LEVER to the screen of the other items. Return to TUNING
MENU screen once, then move to level setting screen of each
item.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"TUNE ATT3"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2): Tuning level down
Switch (3): Tuning level up
Switch (4): Returning to TUNING MENU screen
18-56

OPTION SET
Note:
• The option set function is used to set control of the controller and display control according to the
options equipped on the vehicle. It does not enable or disable the function itself.
• If OPS/SAS controller or multifunction display is replaced, it is necessary to reset it according to the
vehicle specification.
Option Set Menu List
Switching settings
Indication Description Indi- Indi-
Setting content Setting content
cation cation
Other than
DISP. MODE* Setting display language J Japanese I
Japanese
MPH* Setting traveling speed display unit YES mph NO km/h
USA* Setting buzzer specification YES USA NO Other than USA
Setting to enable/disable buzzer sound when seat
SEAT BUZZER YES Enabled NO Disabled
switch is off
Setting to enable/disable warning when forgetting to
PKB BUZZER YES Enabled NO Disabled
apply the parking brake.
TEMPGAUGE Setting to enable/disable oil temperature indication YES Enabled NO Disabled
CONV. TEMP Unused (fixed to YES) YES — NO —
Setting to enable/disable travel and load handling
ASC W/LOAD YES Enabled NO Disabled
control
Setting to enable/disable traveling speed limit of travel
MODE S Enabled A Disabled
and load handling control
T/C INTLOCK Setting to enable/disable T/C interlock control YES Enable NO Disable
Setting to enable/disable engine output down when
H.TEMP P-LIM YES Enabled NO Disabled
detecting coolant overheat (4Y engine model)
LIFT IDLEUP Setting to enable/disable lift idle up YES Enabled NO Disabled
T FWD LIMIT Setting to enable/disable forward tilt regulating control YES Enabled NO Disabled
Setting to enable/disable backward tilt automatic
T BWD LEVEL YES Enabled NO Disabled
leveling control
SWG W-LOCK Unused (fixed to YES) YES — NO —
OCV WAY* Setting number of ways for oil control valve 2/3/4/5
Switching output destination during C/V 5th way Switching 3rd Switching 2nd
WAY SELECT* 3 −> 2 −>
specification way and 4th way way and 3rd way

*: These are set according to the vehicle specification at the time of shipment.

OPTION SET Screen

Operating Procedure
1. Enter the password on the general screen (Refer to page 18-
14) to display the MASK MENU screen.
 18-57

2. Press switch (1) twice to check that "3. OPTION SET" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the OPTION
load handling control SET setting screen.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"OPTION SET" Screen 1

Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2): Setting from NO to YES
Switch (3): Setting from YES to NO
Switch (4): Returning to MASK MENU screen
While "PKB BUZZER" is selected, press switch (1) to switch to
next screen.

"OPTION SET" Screen 2

Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2): Setting from NO to YES
Switch (3): Setting from YES to NO
Switch (4): Returning to MASK MENU screen
While "T/C INTLOCK" is selected, press switch (1) to switch to
next screen.

"OPTION SET" Screen 3

Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2): Setting from NO to YES
Switch (3): Setting from YES to NO
Switch (4): Returning to MASK MENU screen
While "SWG W-LOCK" is selected, press switch (1) to switch
to next screen.

"OPTION SET" Screen 4

Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (2):
Setting 5 → 4 → 3 → 2, or 2 −> → 3 −>
Switch (3):
Setting 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 or 3 −> → 2 −>
Switch (4): Returning to MASK MENU screen
While "WAY SELECT" is selected, pressing switch (1) to
switch to next screen (returning to screen 1).
18-58

MATCHING
GENERAL
• For the tilt angle, load and tire angle sensors among sensors used for SAS functions, the signal voltage values
under the mast vertical, no load and tire straight are stored, respectively, in the controller for the control based on
these values. When servicing or replacing these sensors, matching (updating the sensor signal voltage value in
the standard vehicle condition) is necessary. Also, matching is needed for the tilt angle sensor when the vehicle
posture has changed excessively, and for the load sensor when the load under no load condition (no load on
fork) is changed because of addition or removal of any attachment, replacement of mast or change of fork
length.
• Each lever angle sensor for mini lever or joystick function is controlled based on the memory of signal voltage
values in the neutral position stored in the controller at the time of shipment. When servicing these sensors or
replacing related parts, MATCHING (updating the sensor signal voltage value in the standard vehicle condition)
is necessary.
• Load meter stores mast specification information and signal voltage values during no-load of the load sensor to
the multifunction display, and indicates based on these. When servicing the mast or load sensor, or replacing
related parts, matching (updating the sensor signal voltage value and mast specification information in the
standard vehicle condition) is necessary.
Matching Items and Prerequisite for Implementation
1. SAS
Prerequisite for
No. Indication Description
implementation
Stores the tilt angle sensor output value with fork in the horizontal position to
1 TILTL *1, *2, *3, *6, *7, *8
the controller.
Stores the tilt angle sensor output value at the forward tilt limit position and *1, *2, *3, *4, *6, *7,
2 TILTF LOAD
the load sensor output value with no load to the controller. *8
Stores the tire angle sensor output value while the vehicle is traveling straight
3 TIRE *1, *5
to the controller.
4 SWING Unused —

2. MINI LEVER (mini lever or joystick vehicle only)

Prerequisite for
No. Indication Description
implementation
Lift lever angle sensor output value in the lift lever neutral position is stored in
6 LEVER1 *1, *9
the controller.
Tilt lever angle sensor output value in the tilt lever neutral condition is stored
7 LEVER2 *1, *10
in the controller.
Attachment (1) lever angle sensor output value in the attachment (1) lever
8 LEVER3 *1, *11
neutral position is stored in the controller.
Attachment (2) lever angle sensor output value in the attachment (2) lever
9 LEVER4 *1, *12
neutral position is stored in the controller.
 18-59

3. LOAD METER (Vehicle with multifunction display DX model only)

Prerequisite for
No. Indication Description
implementation
Number of the mast lift cylinder is stored.
10 LIFT CYL. NUMBERS *7, *13
(Number combining front and rear)
11 LIFT CYL. BORE Bore of the lift cylinder is stored. *7, *13
12 LOADMETER 0 SET Zero point of the load gauge is stored. *4, *6, *7, *13
When you want to
13 COMPENSATION Accuracy of the load meter is adjusted.
adjust the accuracy

Prerequisite content for implementation

*1: SAS/OPS controller replacement
*2: Tilt angle sensor removing/installing or replacement
*3: Length change or replacement of tilt angle sensor rod
*4: When removing/installing or replacing load sensor
*5: When removing/installing or replacing tire angle sensor or sensor cover
*6: When installing or changing attachment or fork
*7: When removing/installing or replacing mast
*8: When removing/installing or replacing tilt cylinder
*9: When replacing lift lever angle sensor
*10: When replacing tilt lever angle sensor
*11: When replacing attachment (1) lever angle sensor
*12: When replacing attachment (2) lever angle sensor
*13: When replacing multifunction display

Before Starting Matching

Before performing matching, you must set the vehicle to "standard condition". For "standard vehicle condition", refer
to Section 16, "SAS/OPS".
18-60

MATCHING MENU Screen

Operating Procedure
1. Enter the password on the general screen (Refer to page 18-
14) to display the MASK MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 3 times to check that "4. MATCHING" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the
load handling control MATCHING MENU screen.
3. Select the menu with switch (1), and press (enter) switch (4) to
move to the MATCHING setting screen of the selected item.
4. Press (enter) switch (4) while selecting "4. END" menu to
return to MASK MENU screen.

(1) (4)

"1. SAS"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To MATCHING SET screen
"2. MINI LEVER"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To MATCHING SET screen
"3. LOAD METER"
Switch (1): Switching selection to next item
Switch (4): To MATCHING SET screen

"4. END"
Switch (1): Returning to "1. SAS" selection
Switch (4): Returning to MASK MENU screen

Note:
• "2. MINI LEVER" will not be displayed other than on mini
lever or joystick vehicle.
• "3. LOAD METER" will not be displayed on vehicles other
than DX model.
 18-61

SAS (MATCHING SAS)

Matching is performed for standard functions.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the MATCHING MENU screen.

2. Check that "1. SAS" is selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to
(1) With travel and display MATCHING SET screen.
load handling control On MATCHING SET screen:
Values in bracket ( ) are currently stored value.
Values outside bracket ( ) are current vehicle condition value.
Note:
• You cannot move directly from each matching set screen
of SAS to the matching set screen of the other items.
Return to MATCHING MENU screen once, then move to
(1) (4) matching set screen of each item.
• In standard vehicle condition, if the value in the bracket ( )
and the value outside the bracket ( ) are different,
matching is required.

"TILTL" Screen
If matching is performed (press switch (1)), "OK" is indicated
on the display.
Switch (1): Pressing this for more than 2 seconds will perform
matching
Switch (4): To "TILTF LOAD" screen

"TILTF LOAD" Screen

If matching is performed (press switch (1)), "OK" is indicated
on the display.
Switch (1): Pressing this for more than 2 seconds will perform
matching
Switch (4): To "TIRE" screen
18-62

"TIRE" Screen
If matching is performed (press switch (1)), "OK" is indicated
on the display.
Switch (1): Pressing this for more than 2 seconds will perform
matching.
Switch (4): To "SWING" screen

"SWING" Screen
Unused.
Switch (4): Returning to MATCHING MENU screen

MINI LEVER (MATCHING MINI LEVER or JOYSTICK)

Matching is performed for mini lever or joystick functions.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the MATCHING MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) to check that "2. MINI LEVER" is selected,

(1) With travel and and press (enter) switch (4) to display the MATCHING SET
load handling control screen.
On MATCHING SET screen:
Values in bracket ( ) are currently stored value.
Values outside bracket ( ) are current vehicle condition value.
Note:
• You cannot move directly from each matching set screen
of MINI LEVER to the matching set screen of the other
(1) (4) items. Return to MATCHING MENU screen once, then
move to matching set screen of each item.
• In standard vehicle condition, if the value in the bracket ( )
and the value outside the bracket ( ) are different,
matching is required.
 18-63

"LEVER1" Screen
If matching is performed (press switch (1)), "OK" is indicated
on the display.
Switch (1): Pressing this for more than 2 seconds will perform
matching
Switch (4): To "LEVER2" screen

"LEVER2" Screen
If matching is performed (press switch (1)), "OK" is indicated
on the display.
Switch (1): Pressing this for more than 2 seconds will perform
matching.
Switch (4): To "LEVER3" screen

"LEVER3" Screen
If matching is performed (press switch (1)), "OK" is indicated
on the display.
Switch (1): Pressing this for more than 2 seconds will perform
matching.
Switch (4): To "LEVER4" screen

Note:
"LEVER3" screen will be displayed according to the number of
ways being set.

"LEVER4" Screen
If matching is performed (press switch (1)), "OK" is indicated
on the display.
Switch (1): Pressing this for more than 2 seconds will perform
matching.
Switch (4): Returning to MATCHING MENU screen

Note:
"LEVER4" screen will be displayed according to the number of
ways being set.
18-64

LOAD METER (MATCHING LOAD METER)

In order to optimize the load meter, it is necessary to input each value of the "number of lift cylinders", "lift cylinder
bore", "0 point adjustment" and "accuracy adjustment" according to the mast attached, on the display.
These values are already set at the time of shipment, but when replacing the mast or readjustment is required for the
accuracy of the load meter, set these values again.

Operating Procedure
1. Display the MATCHING MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) twice to check that "3. LOAD METER" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display "LIFT CYL.
load handling control NUMBERS" screen.

Note:
You cannot move directly from each setting screen of LOAD
METER to the matching set screen of the other items. Return
to MATCHING MENU screen once, then move to matching set
screen of each item.
(1) (2) (3) (4)

"LIFT CYL. NUMBERS" Screen

Switch (2): Reducing the number of cylinders
Switch (3): Increasing the number of cylinders
Switch (4): To "LIFT CYL. BORE" screen
Number of lift cylinders
Mast type Number of lift cylinders
V 2
FV, FSV 3
FSW 4

"LIFT CYL. BORE" Screen

Switch (2): Making cylinder bore smaller
Switch (3): Making cylinder bore larger
Switch (4): To "LOADMETER 0 SET" screen
Lift cylinder bore
Cylinder bore (mm)
Vehicle model Front lift cylinder Front lift cylinder
Lift cylinder
(FV/FSV mast) (FSW mast)
1 ton series 45 70 —
K2 ton series 50 75 —
2 ton series 50 75 55
3 ton series 55 85 60
J3.5 ton series 60 90 —
 18-65

"LOADMETER 0 SET" Screen

If matching is performed (press switch (1) for more than 2
seconds), "OK" (or "NG") is displayed on the display.
OK: Matching completed
NG: Signal voltage value is outside the matching range
When "NG" is indicated, check the vehicle condition,
abnormalities of load sensor, disconnection and short circuit of
the harness.
Note:
Make sure to perform matching with the vehicle set to
"standard vehicle condition".
Standard vehicle condition:
For all the V/FV/FSV/FSW mast, the mast is to be vertical
and the fork height is to be 500 mm (19.7 in).
Switch (1): Performing matching
Switch (4): To "COMPENSATION" screen

"COMPENSATION" Screen
This function corrects values indicated on the display
according to actual live load.
When performing correction, set the mast vertically and take
on loading object (object with its accurate weight is known),
then while raising the fork for approx. 500 mm (19.7 in), adjust
the value indicated on the top right hand corner of the screen
to the laden weight by operating the switch.
Switch (2): Minus correction
Switch (3): Plus correction
Switch (4): Returning to MATCHING MENU screen
18-66

WHEEL RADIUS SET

GENERAL
It is necessary to input the wheel radius to the controller according to the tire radius, for optimizing the speedometer
reading. Although the wheel radius is set to the value of new tires at the time of shipment, adjust it whenever the tire
size or type is changed according to "Wheel Radius List".

Operating Procedure
1. Enter the password on the general screen (Refer to page 18-
14) to display the MASK MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 4 times to check that "5. WHEEL RADIUS" is

(1) With travel and selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the TIRE
load handling control CONSTANT setting screen.
3. Change the wheel radius to desired value with switch (2) and
switch (3), and press (enter) switch (4) to set the value and
return to MASK MENU screen.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"WHEEL RADIUS" Screen

Switch (2): Reducing wheel radius
Switch (3): Increasing wheel radius
Switch (4): Entering wheel radius and returning to MASK
MENU screen.
 18-67

Wheel Radius
Vehicle model Specification Tire size Wheel radius
6.50-10-10PR (STD) 304
Single 6.50-10-14PR 314
1.5 ton model 6.50-10 302
6.00-9-10PR 289
Special Dual
6.00-9 281
6.50-10-10PR (STD) 304
Single 6.50-10-14PR 313
1.75 ton model 6.50-10 302
6.00-9-10PR 286
Special Dual
6.00-9 281
7.00-12-12PR (STD) 348
Single 7.00-12-14PR 352
7.00-12 344
2.0 ton model
7.00-12-12PR 353
Special Dual 7.00-12-14PR 356
7.00-12 346
7.00-12-12PR (STD) 343
Single 7.00-12-14PR 352
7.00-12 343
2.5 ton model
7.00-12-12PR 353
Special Dual 7.00-12-14PR 356
7.00-12 348
21X8-9-14PR (STD) 275
K2.0 ton model Single
21X8-9 273
28X9-15-12PR (STD) 374
Single 28X9-15-14PR 373
3.0 ton model 28X9-15 367
28X8-15-12PR 380
Special Dual
7.00-15 393
250-15-16PR (STD) 391
Single
250-15 378
J3.5 ton model
28X8-15-12PR 379
Special Dual
7.00-15 393
18-68

ENGINE IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT (4Y ENGINE VEHICLE)

GENERAL
Adjusts 4Y engine idle speed.

Operating Procedure
1. Enter the password on the general screen (Refer to page 18-
14) to display the MASK MENU screen.

2. Press switch (1) 5 times to check that "6. IDLE

(1) With travel and ADJUSTMENT" is selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to
load handling control display the IDLE ADJUSTMENT setting screen.
3. Change the speed to desired value with switch (2) and switch
(3), and press (enter) switch (4) to set the value and return to
MASK MENU screen.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"IDLE ADJUSTMENT" Screen

Switch (2): Reducing the speed
Switch (3): Increasing the speed
Switch (4): Entering idle speed and returning to MASK MENU
screen.
 18-69

LCD CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT

GENERAL
Adjusts LCD contrast.

Operating Procedure
1. Enter the password on the general screen (Refer to page 18-
14) to display the MASK MENU screen.
2. 4Y engine vehicle
Press switch (1) 6 times to check that "7. CONTRAST" is
selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the
CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT setting screen.

1DZ-III/3Z engine vehicle

Press switch (1) 5 times to check that "6. CONTRAST" is
selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the
CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT setting screen.

3. Change the contrast level with switch (2) and switch (3), and
press (enter) switch (4) to set the value and return to MASK
(1) With travel and MENU screen.
load handling control

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"CONTRAST" Screen
Switch (2): Reducing contrast
Switch (3): Increasing contrast
Switch (4): Entering idle speed and returning to MASK MENU
screen.
18-70

METER START
GENERAL
Starts counting the odometer, trip meter and maintenance hour meter.

Operating Procedure
1. Enter the password on the general screen (Refer to page 18-
14) to display the MASK MENU screen.
2. 4Y engine vehicle
Press switch (1) 7 times to check that "8. METER START" is
selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the METER
START setting screen.

1DZ-III/3Z engine vehicle

Press switch (1) 6 times to check that "7. METER START" is
selected, and press (enter) switch (4) to display the METER
START setting screen.

(1) With travel and

load handling control

(1) (2) (3) (4)

"METER START" Screen

3. Press switch (2) for more than 2 seconds to display the right
arrow on the screen.
 18-71

4. While pressing switch (2), if you press switch (3), inverted NO

on the screen turns to inverted YES, and the setting is
completed.

5. Press switch (4) to return to MASK MENU screen.

Note:
After completing the meter start setting, "METER START" will
not be displayed on the MASK MENU screen.

Note:
If the meter start is not set yet, the symbol indicating that the
hour meter is not started will be displayed on the GENERAL
screen.
18-72

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ASSY

DISASSEMBLY·REASSEMBLY
T = N·m (kgf·cm) [ft·lbf]

T = 0.6 ~ 0.8 (6 ~ 8) [0.43 ~ 0.58]

Removal Procedure
1 Remove the case
2 Remove the board and LCD panel ASSY from the cover.
3 Disconnect the LCD panel ASSY flat cable from the board. [Point 1]

Installation Procedure
The installation procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure.
 18-73

LCD panel Point Operations

[Point 1]
(1) Reassembly:
Follow the procedure below to install the LCD panel to the
(2) (1)
housing.
1. Remove the protective sheet from the back face of the LCD
panel.
2. Install the LCD panel to the housing according to the following
Housing steps.
(1) Press the upper part of the LCD panel to the claws. When
pressing the panel, do not apply excessive force.
(2) Press the lower part of the LCD panel to engage the
claws.
Note:
Do not damage the LCD panel.
3. After installing the LCD panel, remove the protective sheet
from the front face of the LCD panel.
Note:
After removing the protective sheet, do not touch the surface
of the LCD panel.
 19-1

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING

Page
BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING..........................19-2
0
CONNECTOR HANDLING.......................................19-2
1
WIRE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR INSPECTION
PROCEDURE ......................................................19-2 2
TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................19-4 3
BEFORE BEGINNING TROUBLESHOOTING FOR
THE 4Y (4Y-E) ENGINE.........................................19-4 4
DIAGNOSIS (SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION) ............19-5 5
DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY METHOD ..............................19-5 6
LIST OF DIAGNOSIS CODES..................................19-6
7
WARNING LIST ...................................................19-12
8
VIEWING RELATED PORTIONS ............................19-13
ERROR CONFIRMATION DRIVE MODE .................19-13
9
TROUBLESHOOTING BY ERROR CODE ...............19-14 10
TROUBLESHOOTING WHEN THERE IS NO 11
ERROR CODE .................................................19-156
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
E
19-2

BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING
CONNECTOR HANDLING
1. Disconnect the battery plug before connecting or
disconnecting each connector or terminal.
2. When disconnecting a connector, do not pull the wire harness
but hold the connector itself and pull it after unlocking it.
To connect, push the connector fully until it is locked in
position.

3. Bring a tester probe into contact with a connector terminal from

the rear side of the connector (harness side).
4. If insertion from the rear side is impossible, as in the case of a
waterproof connector, bring the tester probe carefully into
contact with the terminal so as not to cause deformation of the
connector terminal.
5. Do not touch connector terminals directly with your hand.
6. When bringing tester probes into contact with terminals that
voltage is applied to prevent two tester probes from coming
into contact with each other.

WIRE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
When any trouble occurs, first inspect the connectors and wire
harness of the related circuit according to the following procedure:
Continuity Inspection
1. Disconnect the connectors at both ends of the corresponding
harness.
2. Measure the resistance between corresponding terminals of
the connectors at both ends.
Standard: 10 Ω or less
Note:
• Measure while jiggling the wire harness up and down and
sideways.
• Open circuit at the wire harness occurs rarely partway
through a vehicle wiring but mostly at connectors. Inspect
especially the sensor connectors with sufficient care.
 19-3

Short Circuit Check

1. Disconnect the connectors at both ends of the corresponding
harness.
2. Measure the resistance between the corresponding connector
terminal and frame. Be sure to inspect the connectors at both 0
ends.
Standard: 1 MΩ or above 1
Note:
Measure while jiggling the wire harness up and down and 2
sideways.

3. Measure the resistance between terminals of the

3
corresponding connector. Be sure to inspect the connectors at
both ends. 4
Standard: 1 MΩ or above
5
Note:
The wiring may short-circuit due to pinching by the body or
defective clamping.
6
7

Visual and Contact Pressure Checks

8
1. Disconnect the connectors at both ends of the corresponding 9
harness.
2. Visually inspect that there is neither rust nor foreign matter 10
trapped at connector terminals.
3. Inspect that there is no looseness or damage at the crimped 11
portion. Also, lightly pull the wire harness from the connector to
check that it does not come off. 12
13
4. Insert a male terminal same as that of the connector terminal
to a female connector and check the drawing force.
Defective contact may exist at a terminal where the drawing 14
force is less than that of other terminals.
Note:
15
Even if there is rust or foreign matter trapped at the terminal,
or the contact pressure between male and female terminals is 16
low, abnormal contact condition may be changed to normal by
disconnecting and reconnecting the connector. In this case, 17
disconnect and reconnect the connector several times, and if
a fault occurs even once, then consider the terminal may have
a defective contact.
18
19
20
21
E
19-4

TROUBLESHOOTING
BEFORE BEGINNING TROUBLESHOOTING FOR THE 4Y (4Y-E) ENGINE
It is extremely risky to begin troubleshooting for the 4Y engine on the basis of results only. It can lead to mistaken
corrective action, wasted time, and sometimes to an increase in abnormalities. Therefore, ask the customer about
detailed information on conditions around the time a problem occurred, based on the following.
Diagnostic Procedure
First, it is necessary to be informed of the "fault history and service history" for the vehicle, and then to gather definite
information about the fault occurence such as "when", "at what times", "in what places", "during what operations or
actions", "what happened afterwards", and “frequency of occurrence”.
Also, try to recreate the conditions for the fault occurence. (a. Recreation impossible b. Recreation possible: in what
condition?)
• General items
Customer name Date of delivery Date fault occurred / hour meter reading

Vehicle model Frame No. Engine No. (punched)

Fuel type
F Gasoline F LPG F Gasoline - LPG combination (Note LPG fuel company name: )

• Condition of the defect (Tick the items that apply)

Defect phenomena
1. Cannot start a. Does not crank b. Combustion does not start c. Incomplete combustion
2. Does not start well Poor cranking (when cold - when warm - at all times)
3. Poor idle a. Poor idle speed b. Unstable idle speed c. Hunting (regular fluctuation in speed)
a. Immediately after start-up (when cold - when warm) b. During deceleration c. After deceleration
4. Engine stalling d. Without sign e. After the engine has been running rough f. When steering
g. When handling materials h. Can be re-started immediately
a. Insufficient power output b. Hesitation
5. Defect operational
c. Surging (swaying forward and backward during acceleration) d. Knocking e. Backfiring f. After
status
firing
a. Excessive fuel consumption b. Excessive oil consumption c. Overheating d. Water or oil leaks
6. Other
e. Abnormal noise f. Other ( )
Environment at the time of the defect's occurrence
The time when the fault a. Since the vehicle was new b. Recently (from around the following date (month and year): )
began to occur c. After being serviced
Frequency of occurence a. Always b. Under certain conditions c. Sometimes
Sunny - cloudy - rain - snow - Approximately Approximately
Weather Temperature Humidity
thunderstorm °C %
Temperature conditions Coolant: a. When cool b. When warm Temperature inside engine room: °C
a. No relation b. When idling c. When revving d. When accelerating
e. When traveling at constant speed f. When decelerating g. When climbing a slope
Operation conditions h. During material handling operations When not loaded (when steering - when lifting - when tilting)
When loaded (load: appox. kg) (when steering - when lifting - when tilting)
i. Other (when using the inching brake - when steering - other)
Lamps a. Lights constantly b. Lights occaisonally c. Does not light
 19-5

DIAGNOSIS (SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION)

General
When the computer detects a problem in the system, the fault is indicated by lighting a warning lamp on the
combination meter and displaying an error code, and fail-safe functions operate to ensure safety by stopping the
engine or controlling the engine to a low speed. 0
DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY METHOD 1
Error code display
1. Diagnosis display method
The diagnosis is displayed by means of an error code as 2
shown in the illustration to the left, and by the lights turning on.
When the ignition key switch is turned ON, the lamp lights
once to allow checking for the bulb, and then turns off again if
3
the status is normal.
With the ignition key switch ON, if an abnormality is detected 4
An orange colored lamp lights Lamp blinks when the vehicle is stopped, travelling or performing meterials
(Engine ECU only) handling operations, an error code is displayed and the lamps
turn on as a warning.
5
When this happens, stop the vehicle immediately and check
the error code. 6
2. Diagnosis memory display method
To display the diagnosis memory display, there are a method using the hour meter and tilt lever, a method using 7
the optional display, and a method using a plug-in analyzer.
Here the display method using the hour meter and tilt lever is described. 8
(1) From the main menu, display the diagnosis memory menu. For how to display the main menu, refer to page
16-34. 9
(2) A diagnosis No. and error code are displayed each time the knob switch is pressed and released. Each
error code and the time at which it occurred are displayed alternately at 2 second intervals. 10
Note:
• The maximum number of error codes that can be stored is 10. The smaller the diagnosis No., the more 11
recent the error is.
• The stored time of an error code appearing just when the ignition key switch is turned ON may be stored
as 0.0.
12
(3) Connect the matching connector and turn the ignition key switch OFF. 13
Knob switch
14
Diagnosis memory menu
15
Press the knob switch to return it.
16
17
Switches automatically
every 2 seconds
18
19
20
21
E
LIST OF DIAGNOSIS CODES
19-6

Wrench Detection Described

Indication Spanner Error mode Phenomenon on vehicle
lamp ECU on page
01-1 01-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Fuel feedback control error (gasoline) rich
19-14
01-2 01-2 Blinking 4Y-ECS Fuel feedback control error (gasoline) lean
The engine speed is unstable and it may stop.
01-3 01-3 Blinking 4Y-ECS Fuel feedback control error (LPG) rich
19-18
01-4 01-4 Blinking 4Y-ECS Fuel feedback control error (LPG) lean
01-5 01-5 Blinking 4Y-ECS O2 sensor open abnormality The engine speed is unstable and it may stop. 19-23
01-6 01-6 Blinking 4Y-ECS O2 sensor heater open abnormality Display only 19-25
02-1 02-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Intake temperature sensor open abnormality The engine may have a problem at low
19-27
02-2 02-2 Blinking 4Y-ECS Intake temperature sensor short abnormality temperatures.
03-1 03-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Intake pipe pressure sensor open abnormality
The engine may have a problem 19-29
03-2 03-2 Blinking 4Y-ECS Intake pipe pressure sensor short abnormality
04-1 04-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Coolant temperature sensor open abnormality The engine may have a problem at low
19-31
04-2 04-2 Blinking 4Y-ECS Coolant temperature sensor short abnormality temperatures.
05-1 05-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle position sensor 1 open abnormality
05-2 05-2 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle position sensor 1 short abnormality
05-3 05-3 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle position sensor 2 open abnormality Limting speed of traveling and materials
19-33
05-4 05-4 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle position sensor 2 short abnormality handling due to limited engine power output
05-5 05-5 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle position sensor offset abnormality
05-6 05-6 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle position sensor out of range error
06-1 06-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle motor drive circuit open abnormality
19-35
06-2 06-2 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle motor drive circuit short abnormality
06-3 06-3 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle motor power supply circuit open abnormality Limting speed of traveling and materials
19-37
06-4 06-4 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle motor power supply circuit short abnormality handling due to limited engine power output
06-5 06-5 Blinking 4Y-ECS Throttle motor seizing abnormality 19-38
06-6 06-6 Blinking 4Y-ECS Electronic throttle system error 19-40
07-1 07-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Air-fuel ratio motor open abnormality The engine speed is unstable and it may stop. 19-41
08-1 08-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Low voltage (battery line open) error Display only 19-43
09-1 09-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Ignition signal error The engine speed is unstable and it may stop. 19-44
0A-1 0A-1 Blinking 4Y-ECS Fuel specification determination signal error Display only
0A-2 0A-2 Blinking 4Y-ECS Fuel specification changeover switch error Display only 19-47
0A-3 0A-3 Blinking 4Y-ECS Fuel specification type unmatch Engine may stop
 Wrench Detection Described
Indication Spanner Error mode Phenomenon on vehicle
lamp ECU on page
Limting speed of traveling and materials
0A-4 0A-4 Blinking 4Y-ECS Engine specification determination error 19-49
handling due to limited engine power output
13-1 13-1 Blinking ASC Motor relay contact point open abnormality Continuation of engine idling status
13-2 13-2 Blinking ASC Motor relay contact point short abnormality Display only 19-50
13-3 13-3 Blinking ASC Motor relay open circuit or load short abnormality Continuation of engine idling status
15-1 15-1 Blinking ASC NMR switch open abnormality The engine may idle during full acceleration.
19-52
15-2 15-2 Blinking ASC NMR switch short abnormality Continuation of engine idling status
Continuation of engine idling status after
15-3 15-3 Blinking ASC Idle / NMR switch simultaneously ON error 19-55
acceleration off.
16-1 16-1 Blinking ASC Idle switch open abnormality
Continuation of engine idling status 19-58
16-2 16-2 Blinking ASC Idle switch short abnormality
4Y-ECS Cam angle sensor open abnormality Engine stop 19-61
18-1 18-1 Blinking
ASC Engine speed sensor open abnormality Partial limitation of the drive control function. 19-65
4Y-ECS Cam angle sensor open abnormality (on start up) Engine will not start 19-61
18-2 18-2 Blinking
ASC Engine speed sensor GND short abnormality Partial limitation of the drive control function. 19-65
18-3 18-3 Blinking 4Y-ECS Crank angle sensor open abnormality Display only 19-63
Continuation of engine idling status
Maximum speed may be limited
1F-1 ~ 8 1F-1 ~ 8 Blinking ASC CPU error 19-67
Function of automatic idle speed increse during
lifting limited
41-1 41-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Matching connector open abnormality Display only 19-68
51-1 51-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Speed sensor open abnormality The vehicle speed indicator shows 0 km/h
Partial limitation of the rear wheel swing control
function. 19-69
51-2 51-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Speed sensor GND short abnormality Knob offest compensation stops
Partial limitation of the drive control function.
52-1 52-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Yaw rate sensor open abnormality
Partial limitation of the rear wheel swing control
52-2 52-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Yaw rate sensor VCC short abnormality 19-71
function
52-3 52-3 Blinking SAS/OPS Yaw rate sensor neutral voltage error
Partial limitation of the rear wheel swing control
54-1 54-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Swing lock solenoid open circuit or load short abnormality 19-73
function
61-1 61-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Load sensor open abnormality Partial limitation of the rear wheel swing control
function
Partial limitation of mast control function 19-75
61-2 61-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Load sensor VCC short abnormality Limitation of the drive control function
Load indicator cannot display
19-7
 Wrench Detection Described
Indication Spanner Error mode Phenomenon on vehicle
lamp ECU on page
19-8

62-1 62-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt angle sensor open abnormality

Partial limitation of mast control function 19-78
62-2 62-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt angle sensor VCC short abnormality
63-1 63-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt switches simultaneously ON
63-2 63-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt switch forward tilt SW short Partial limitation of mast control function 19-81
63-3 63-3 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt switch backward tilt SW short
64-1 64-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift lower lock solenoid open circuit or load short abnormality Lift lower may stop 19-84
Forward tilt may stop, backward tilt may go fully
65-1 65-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt control solenoid open circuit or load short abnormality 19-86
back
66-1 66-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Outside matching value range for tilt angle error Partial limitation of mast control function 19-88
Partial limitation of the rear wheel swing control
function
67-1 67-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Lifting height switch open abnormality Partial limitation of mast control function 19-89
Limitation of the drive control function
Load indicator display is unsteady
Lowering may stop
68-1 68-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift switch raise and lower simultaneously ON error Function of automatic idle speed increse during
lifting limited
19-92
Function of automatic idle speed increse during
68-2 68-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift switch raise SW short abnormality
lifting limited
68-3 68-3 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift switch lower SW short abnormality Lowering may stop
Backward tilt lock solenoid open circuit or load short
69-1 69-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Backward tilt may stop 19-95
abnormality
71-1 71-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Tire angle sensor open abnormality
Knob offest compensation stops 19-97
71-2 71-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Tire angle sensor VCC short abnormality
72-1 72-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Steering-wheel angle sensor SS1 open abnormality
72-2 72-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Steering-wheel angle sensor SS2 open abnormality
Knob offest compensation stops 19-100
72-3 72-3 Blinking SAS/OPS Steering-wheel angle sensor SSC open abnormality
72-4 72-4 Blinking SAS/OPS Steering-wheel angle sensors SS1 and SS2 open abnormality
 Wrench Detection Described
Indication Spanner Error mode Phenomenon on vehicle
lamp ECU on page
Knob position compensation solenoid open circuit or load short
73-1 73-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Knob offest compensation stops 19-108
abnormality
74-1 74-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Outside matching value range for tire angle error Knob offest compensation stops 19-110
Traveling and material handling possible even
after leaving the seat.
A5-1 A5-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Seat switch GND short abnormality 19-111
Parking brake reminder and release reminder
alarm partially disabled.
A7-1 A7-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Brake switch GND short abnormality Partial limitation of the drive control function 19-113
AD-1 AD-1 Blinking SAS/OPS CAN communication 4Y-ECS or ASC data reception error Partial limitation of the drive control function
AD-2 AD-2 Blinking 4Y-ECS CAN communication SAS/OPS data reception error Partial limitation of the drive control function
Limitation of the drive control function
Function of automatic idle speed increse during 19-115
AD-7 AD-7 Blinking SAS/OPS CAN communication display data reception error
lifting limited
Display warning function operation failure
AD-8 AD-8 – Display CAN communication SAS/OPS data reception error Display not stable
AF-1 ~ 3 AF-1 ~ 3 On SAS/OPS
CPU error Various control operations not stable 19-119
AF-4 ~ 8 AF-4 ~ 8 Blinking SAS/OPS
4Y-ECS
C4-1 C4-1 Blinking Accelerator sensor 1 open
ASC
4Y-ECS
C4-2 C4-2 Blinking Accelerator sensor 1 short
ASC
4Y-ECS
C4-3 C4-3 Blinking Accelerator sensor 2 open Limting speed of traveling and materials 19-120
ASC
handling due to limited engine power output 19-123
4Y-ECS
C4-4 C4-4 Blinking Accelerator sensor 2 short
ASC
4Y-ECS
C4-5 C4-5 Blinking Accelerator sensor offset abnormality
ASC
C4-6 C4-6 Blinking 4Y-ECS Accelerator sensor out of range error
Travel return to neutral operation disabled
C7-1 C7-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Shift lever forward and reverse travel switch open abnormality
Partial limitation of the drive control function.
19-126
Shift lever forward and reverse travel switches simultaneously Travelling may stop
C7-2 C7-2 Blinking SAS/OPS
ON error Partial limitation of the drive control function.
Forward and reverse travel T/C relay open circuit or load short Travelling and material handling enabled even
CA-1 CA-1 Blinking SAS/OPS 19-129
abnormality after leaving the seat.
19-9
 Wrench Detection Described
Indication Spanner Error mode Phenomenon on vehicle
lamp ECU on page
19-10

Travelling and material handling enabled even

EC-1 EC-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Unload solenoid open circuit or load short abnormality 19-131
after leaving the seat.
F1-1 – Blinking
Meter SAS/OPS data reception error Display only 19-133
F2-1 – Blinking
F4-1 ~ 8 F4-1 ~ 8 Blinking Display CPU error Display not stable 19-134
H1-1 H1-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift lever potentiometer open abnormality
H1-2 H1-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift lever potentiometer VCC short abnormality Lift stop
H1-3 H1-3 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift lever potentiometer assembly error 19-135
H1-4 H1-4 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift lever potentiometer neutral abnormality Material handling disabled
H1-5 H1-5 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift lever potentiometer matching value abnormality Lift stop
H2-1 H2-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt lever potentiometer open abnormality
H2-2 H2-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt lever potentiometer VCC short abnormality Tilt stop
H2-3 H2-3 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt lever potentiometer assembly error 19-138
H2-4 H2-4 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt lever potentiometer neutral error abnormality Material handling disabled
H2-5 H2-5 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt lever potentiometer matching error Tilt stop
H3-1 H3-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 1 lever potentiometer open abnormality
H3-2 H3-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 1 lever potentiometer VCC short abnormality Attachment 1 stop
H3-3 H3-3 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 1 lever potentiometer combination error 19-141
H3-4 H3-4 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 1 lever potentiometer neutral abnormality Material handling disabled
H3-5 H3-5 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 1 lever potentiometer matching value abnormality Attachment 1 stop
H4-1 H4-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 2 lever potentiometer open abnormality
H4-2 H4-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 2 lever potentiometer VCC short abnormality Lever 2 stop
H4-3 H4-3 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 2 lever potentiometer combination error 19-144
H4-4 H4-4 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 2 lever potentiometer neutral abnormality Material handling disabled
H4-5 H4-5 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 2 lever potentiometer matching value abnormality Lever 2 stop
H5-1 H5-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift PUSH solenoid open abnormality
Lift may stop 19-147
H5-2 H5-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Lift PULL solenoid open abnormality
H6-1 H6-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt PUSH solenoid open abnormality
Tilt may stop 19-149
H6-2 H6-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Tilt PULL solenoid open abnormality
H7-1 H7-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 1 PUSH solenoid open abnormality
Attachment 1 may stop 19-151
H7-2 H7-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 1 PULL solenoid open abnormality
 Wrench Detection Described
Indication Spanner Error mode Phenomenon on vehicle
lamp ECU on page
H8-1 H8-1 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 2 PUSH solenoid open abnormality
Attachment 2 may stop 19-153
H8-2 H8-2 Blinking SAS/OPS Attachment 2 PULL solenoid open abnormality
HA-1 HA-1 Blinking SAS/OPS 3/4 way change relay GND short abnormality Attachment switching disabled 19-155
19-11
WARNING LIST
19-12

Note:
If the wrench lamp illuminates and the following phenomena occur on the vehicle without an error being displayed, it is not a fault. Take the
appropriate corrective action.
Wrench Detection
Indication Memory Phenomenon on vehicle Content of warning Appropriate corrective action
lamp ECU
Water
temperatur Top speed and load lifting speed are limited.
OB-1 – 4Y-ECS Overheat Leave the vehicle at idle for a while
e gauge (Only when OPT equipped)
flashing
Swing lock control is always locked
Knob offset occurrence Use a battery of the specified
– – On SAS/OPS High battery voltage
Material handling disabled (mini lever) voltage
Material handling except lifting disabled
– – On SAS/OPS Swing lock control is always locked Low battery voltage Charge or replace the battery
– – On SAS/OPS Tilt operates to forward most tilt position Forward tilt restriction angle not matching
Tilt disabled with the knob switch in the ON
– – On SAS/OPS Auto leveling angle not matching
position
Tilt operates to forward most tilt position
SAS/OPS NL load not matching
– – On SAS/OPS Tilt disabled with the knob switch in the ON
(NL: No-load)
position
– – On SAS/OPS Knob offset occurrence Tire angle not matching Carry out matching for each item
– – On SAS/OPS Swing lock control disabled Swing leveling not matching
– – On SAS/OPS Lift stop Lift lever not matching
– – On SAS/OPS Tilt stop Tilt lever not matching
– – On SAS/OPS Attachment 1 stop Attachment 1 not matching
– – On SAS/OPS Attachment 2 stop Attachment 2 not matching
 19-13

VIEWING RELATED PORTIONS

In the wiring diagrams for related portions, there are cases in which the parts are connected directly, and cases
where they are connected via a junction block or similar.
Refer below for how to identify wiring configuartions.
Example of a Related Portion

: Direct connection
: Connection via a junction
A21
ECU-B
8 (BATT)

1 (IG1) ECU-IG Q2

SAS/OPS 2 (IG2) 2 (IG)

controller A20
12 (CANH) 5 (CANH) Multifunction
13 (CANL) 6 (CANL) display

3 (E1)

A36
28 (CAN+)
29 (CAN-)
Engine
EFI 3 (BATT)
controller
IGN 9 (IGSW)

ERROR CONFIRMATION DRIVE MODE

c Turn the ignition key switch ON, start and completely warm up the engine.
d Fully depress the accelerator pedal for 3 to 5 minutes with the direction neutral.
e Release and leave the accelerator pedal (run the engine at idle) for 2 minutes.
f Repeat steps d and e 3 times.
g Turn the ignition key switch OFF (for 1 minute).
h Repeat steps c to g 3 times.
Engine speed 3 ~ 5 minutes 3 ~ 5 minutes 3 ~ 5 minutes

NMR

Warmed up
Idle

time
IG IG
OFF OFF

2 minutes 2 minutes 2 minutes

19-14

TROUBLESHOOTING BY ERROR CODE

z Error codes 01-1, 01-2 (Fuel feedback control abnormality)
Related portion

A35 C1
20 (OX) 3 (OX)
Engine
controller 21 (E11) 4 (E1) O2 sensor

Probable cause
c Intake system defect g Fuel system defect
d Exhaust system defect h Harness defect
e Sensor defect i Engine controller defect
f Ignition defect
Note:
When another error code is present repair the related parts first before carrying out the following.
Error codes 01-1 and 01-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds). Check the connection
status of C1, disconnect C1 and perform a visual
and contact pressure inspection of the
connector. Short circuit the service connector TC
terminal with the E1 terminal, and after
connecting C1 and the battery negative terminal
(on a combination vehicle, switch the fuel
changeover switch to gasoline), turn the ignition
key switch ON (engine stopped), depress the
accelerator pedal 5 times within 30 seconds
(fully open to fully closed), then start the engine
and check that the error has been cleared.

Service connector
Disconnect the battery negative terminal,
disconnect TC terminal - E1 terminal, connect
the battery negative terminal, start the engine, No error
Connector contact defect
and check whether the error occurs after
performing error confirmation drive mode (see
19-13).
Error

Inspection 1: NG Intake system defect

Inspect the air intake Intake system connection defect

OK

A
 19-15

Inspection 2: NG Exhaust system defect

Exhaust gas leakage inspection Exhaust system

OK

Inspection 3: NG Fuel system defect

Fuel leakage inspection Fuel system connection defect

OK

Pressure regulator defect

Inspection 4: NG
Fuel filter defect
Fuel pressure inspection
Fuel pump defect
OK

Inspection 5: NG
Spark plug individual inspection Spark plug defect

OK

Inspection 6: NG
Injector individual inspection Injector defect

OK

Inspection 7:
NG
Intake pipe pressure sensor voltage inspection Intake pipe pressure sensor defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/10

OK

Inspection 8:
NG
Intake temperature sensor voltage inspection Intake temperature sensor defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/10

OK

Inspection 9:
NG
Coolant temperature sensor voltage inspection Coolant temperature sensor defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/10

OK

Inspection 10: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

B
19-16

Inspection 11:
OK
O2 sensor voltage inspection Connector contact defect
ANL.:I/O ENGINE CTRL 8/10

NG

Inspection 12:
NG
O2 sensor voltage inspection Engine controller defect
ANL.:I/O ENGINE CTRL 8/10

OK

O2 sensor defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for air suction.
Start the engine and check whether air is being sucked in from the engine oil level gauge, oil filler cap, or PCV
hose etc.
Standard: There is no air being sucked in.
Check if there is air being sucked in from the intake system parts and connections between the air cleaner and
the cylinder head.
Standard: There is no air being sucked in.

Inspection 2:
Inspect for exhaust gas leakage.
Start the engine and check if there is any exhaust gas leakage from the exhaust system parts and connections
between the cylinder head and the catalytic muffler.
Standard: There is no exhaust gas leakage.

Inspection 3:
Inspect for fuel leakage.
Start the engine and check if there is any fuel leakage from the fuel system parts and connections between the
fuel pump and the injectors.
Standard: There is no fuel leakage.

Inspection 4:
Inspect the fuel pressure.
For the fuel pressure inspection, refer to the repair manual for the 4Y engine.

Inspection 5:
Carry out a spark plug individual inspection.
For the spark plug individual inspection, refer to the repair manual for the 4Y engine.

Inspection 6:
Carry out an injector individual inspection.
For the individual injector inspection, refer to the repair manual for the 4Y engine.
 19-17

Inspection 7:
Inspect the intake pipe pressure sensor voltage.
Ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
Intake pipe pressure sensor voltage (I/O monitor: PIM)
Standard:
PIM 3.6 ± 0.3 V (100 ± 10 kPa (1 ± 0.1 kgf/cm2) [14 ± 1.4 psi])

Inspection 8:
Inspect the intake temperature sensor voltage.
Ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
Intake temperature sensor voltage (I/O monitor: THA)
Standard:
2.4 ± 0.6 V (20 ± 10°C)
THA
0.55 ± 0.15 V (80 ± 10°C) (reference value)

Inspection 9:
Inspect the coolant temperature sensor voltage.
Start the engine, warm up completely (coolant temperature gauge: at 5-6 bars)
Coolant temperature sensor voltage (I/O monitor: THW)
Standard:
0.55 ± 0.15 V (80 ± 10°C)
THW
2.4 ± 0.6 V (20 ± 10°C) (reference value)

Inspection 10:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal, disconnect A35 and C1.
Standard:
A35-20 ~ C1-3 Continuity
A35-21 ~ C1-4 Continuity
A35-20 ~ Frame No continuity
A35-21 ~ Frame No continuity

Inspection 11:
Inspect the O2 sensor output.
Connect A35 and C1, start the engine, warm up completely, set direction in neutral, fully open the accelerator
pedal
O2 sensor voltage (I/O monitor: OX)
Standard:
OX 0.4 V or less and 0.5 V or more alternately output

Inspection 12:
Inspect the O2 sensor output.
Disconnect C1, connect A35, start the engine, warm up completely, set direction in neutral, fully open the
accelerator pedal
O2 sensor voltage (I/O monitor: OX)
Standard:
OX 0.2 V or less
19-18

z Error codes 01-3, 01-4 (Fuel feedback control abnormality) (LPG)

Related portion

A35 C1
20 (OX) 3 (OX)
Engine
controller 21 (E11) 4 (E1) O2 sensor

Probable cause
c Intake system defect g Fuel system defect
d Exhaust system defect h Harness defect
e Sensor defect i Engine controller defect
f Ignition defect
Note:
When another error code is occuring, repair the related parts first before carrying out the following.
Error codes 01-3 and 01-4

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds). Check the connection
status of C1, disconnect C1 and perform a visual
and contact pressure inspection of the
connector. Short circuit the service connector TC
terminal with the E1 terminal, and after
connecting C1 and the battery negative terminal
(on a combination vehicle, switch the fuel
changeover switch to gasoline), turn the ignition
key switch ON (engine stopped), depress the
accelerator pedal 5 times within 30 seconds
(fully open to fully closed), then start the engine
and check that the error has been cleared.

Service connector
Disconnect the battery negative terminal,
disconnect TC terminal - E1 terminal, connect
the battery negative terminal, start the engine, No error
and check whether the error occurs after Connector contact defect
performing error confirmation drive mode (see
19-13).
Error

Inspection 1: NG Intake system defect

Inspect the air intake Intake system connection defect

OK

A
 19-19

Inspection 2: NG Exhaust system defect

Exhaust gas leakage inspection Exhaust system connection defect

OK

Inspection 3: NG Fuel system defect

Fuel leakage inspection Fuel system connection defect

OK

Inspection 4: NG
Regulator primary pressure inspection Regulator defect

OK

Inspection 5: NG
Spark plug individual inspection Spark plug defect

OK

Inspection 6: NG
Injector individual inspection Injector defect

OK

Inspection 7: NG
Air-fuel ratio motor individual inspection Air-fuel ratio motor defect

OK

Inspection 8:
NG
Intake pipe pressure sensor voltage inspection Intake pipe pressure sensor defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/10

OK

Inspection 9:
NG
Intake temperature sensor voltage inspection Intake temperature sensor defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/10

OK

Inspection 10:
NG
Water temperature sensor voltage inspection Water temperature sensor defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/10

OK

Inspection 11: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

B
19-20

Inspection 12:
OK
O2 sensor voltage inspection Connector contact defect
ANL.:I/O ENGINE CTRL 9/10

NG

Inspection 13:
NG
O2 sensor voltage inspection Engine controller defect
ANL.:I/O ENGINE CTRL 9/10

OK

O2 sensor defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for air suction.
Start the engine and check whether air is being sucked in from the engine oil level gauge, oil filler cap, or PCV
hose etc.
Standard: There is no air being sucked in.
Check if there is air being sucked in from the intake system parts and connections between the air cleaner and
the regulater.
Standard: There is no air being sucked in.
Check if there is air being sucked in from the intake system parts and connections among the air cleaner hose,
the resonator, and the regulater.
Standard: There is no air being sucked in.

Inspection 2:
Inspect for exhaust gas leakage.
Start the engine and check if there is any exhaust gas leakage from the exhaust system parts and connections
between the cylinder head and the catalytic muffler.
Standard: There is no exhaust gas leakage.

Inspection 3:
Inspect for fuel leakage.
Start the engine and check if there is any fuel leakage from the fuel system parts and connections between the
fuel tank and the regulator.
Standard: There is no fuel leakage.
Check if there is fuel leakage from the fuel system parts and connections between the regulator and the LPG
adapter.
Standard: There is no fuel leakage.
Check if there is fuel leakage from the fuel system parts and connections between the regulator and the injector.
Standard: There is no fuel leakage.

Inspection 4:
Inspect the regulator primary pressure.
For the regulator primary pressure inspection, refer to the LPG repair manual.
 19-21

Inspection 5:
Carry out a spark plug individual inspection.
For the spark plug individual inspection, refer to the repair manual for the 4Y engine.

Inspection 6:
Carry out an injector individual inspection.
For the individual injector inspection, refer to the repair manual for the 4Y engine.

Inspection 7:
Carry out an individual inspection of the air-fuel ratio motor.
For the individual air-fuel ratio motor inspection, refer to the LPG repair manual.

Inspection 8:
Inspect the intake pipe pressure sensor voltage.
Ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
Intake pipe pressure sensor voltage (I/O monitor: PIM)
Standard:
PIM 3.6 ± 0.3 V (100 ± 10 kPa (1 ± 0.1 kgf/cm2) [14 ± 1.4 psi])

Inspection 9:
Inspect the intake temperature sensor voltage.
Ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
Intake temperature sensor voltage (I/O monitor: THA)
Standard:
2.4 ± 0.6 V (20 ± 10°C)
THA
0.55 ± 0.15 V (80 ± 10°C) (reference value)

Inspection 10:
Inspect the coolant temperature sensor voltage.
Start the engine, warm up completely (coolant temperature gauge: 5-6 bars)
Coolant temperature sensor voltage (I/O monitor: THW)
Standard:
0.55 ± 0.15 V (80 ± 10°C)
THW
2.4 ± 0.6 V (20 ± 10°C) (reference value)

Inspection 11:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A35 and C1
Standard:
A35-20 ~ C1-3 Continuity
A35-21 ~ C1-4 Continuity
A35-20 ~ Frame No continuity
A35-21 ~ Frame No continuity
19-22

Inspection 12:
Inspect the O2 sensor output.
Start the engine, warm up completely, put the direction in neutral, fully open the accelerator pedal
O2 sensor voltage (I/O monitor: OX)
Standard:
OX 0.4 V or less and 0.5 V or more alternately output

Inspection 13:
Inspect the O2 sensor output.
Start the engine, warm up completely, put the direction in neutral, fully open the accelerator pedal
O2 sensor voltage (I/O monitor: OX)
Standard:
OX 0.2 V or less
 19-23

z Error code 01-5 (O2 sensor open abnormality)

Related portion

A35 C1
20 (OX) 3 (OX)
Engine
controller 21 (E11) 4 (E1) O2 sensor

Probable cause
c O2 Sensor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Note:
When another error code is present, repair the related parts first before carrying out the following.
Error code 01-5

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds). Check the connection
status of C1, disconnect C1 and perform a visual
and contact pressure inspection of the
connector. Short circuit the service connector TC
terminal with the E1 terminal, and after
connecting C1 and the battery negative terminal
(on a combination vehicle, switch the fuel
changeover switch to gasoline), turn the ignition
key switch ON (engine stopped), depress the
accelerator pedal 5 times within 30 seconds
(fully open to fully closed), then start the engine
and check that the error has been cleared.
Service connector

Disconnect the battery negative terminal,

disconnect TC terminal - E1 terminal, connect
No error
the battery negative terminal, start the engine, Connector contact defect
and check whether the error occurs after
performing error confirmation drive mode (see
19-13).
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

O2 sensor defect
If the error occurs even
after replacing the O2
sensor

Engine controller defect

19-24

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A35 and C1
Standard:
A35-20 ~ C1-3 Continuity
A35-21 ~ C1-4 Continuity
A35-20 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-25

z Error code 01-6 (O2 sensor heater open abnormality)

Related portion

A35
R/B EFI Main relay
C1 C1
Engine 6 (HT) 1 (HTR) O2 2 (+) 3 (L) EFI
controller sensor main relay

Probable cause
c O2 Sensor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Error code 01-6

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
correcting disconnection of C1 and internal
wetting, reconnect all connectors and battery
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON
(start the engine), and check whether or not there
is an error. No error
c Turn the ignition key switch ON. Connector contact defect
(Start and run the engine for more than 10
seconds.)
d Turn the ignition key switch OFF for more
than10 seconds.
e Turn the ignition key switch ON.
(Start and run the engine for more than 10
seconds.)
f Check for errors.

Error

Inspection 1: NG
O2 sensor individual inspection O2 sensor defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
O2 sensor heater power voltage inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 3: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect

19-26

Inspection 1:
Carry out O2 sensor individual inspection.
2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect C1, connect A35 4 3
Standard: (Sensor side)
C1
C1-2 ~ C1-1 13 ~ 16 Ω (20°C)

Inspection 2:
Carry out O2 sensor heater power voltage inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, diconnect C1, connect A35, start engine
Standard:
C1-2 ~ Frame 8 ~ 16 V

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A35 and C1
Standard:
A35-6 ~ C1-1 Continuity
A35-6 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-27

z Error codes 02-1, 02-2 (Intake temperature sensor abnormality)

Related portion

A35 C3
29 (THA) 2 (THA) Intake
Engine
controller 28 (E2) 1 (E2) temperature
sensor

Probable cause
c Intake temperature sensor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Note:
When another error code is present, repair the related parts first before carrying out the following.
Error codes 02-1 and 02-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
No error
correcting disconnection of C3 and internal Connector contact defect
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON
(start the engine) and check whether or not there
is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Intake temperature sensor individual inspection Intake temperature sensor defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out intake temperature sensor individual inspection.. 2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect C3, connect A35 C3
Standard: (Sensor side)
2.45 ± 0.24 kΩ (20°C)
C3-1 ~ C3-2
0.32 ± 0.03 kΩ (80°C)
19-28

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A35 and C3
Standard:
A35-29 ~ C3-2 Continuity
A35-28 ~ C3-1 Continuity
A35-29 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-29

z Error codes 03-1, 03-2 (Intake pipe negative pressure sensor abnormality)
Related portion

A35
G12
17 (VC) 3 (VC)
Engine Intake pipe
18 (PIM) 2 (PIM)
controller pressure
28 (E2) 1 (E2) sensor

Probable cause
c Intake pipe negative pressure sensor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Error codes 03-1 and 03-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
No error
correcting disconnection of G12 and internal Connector contact defect
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON
(start the engine) and check whether or not there
is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 2:
NG
Intake pipe pressure sensor voltage inspection Engine controller defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 3/10
OK

Intake pipe pressure sensor defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A35 and G12
Standard:
A35-18 ~ G12-2 Continuity
A35-28 ~ G12-1 Continuity
A35-18 ~ A35-17 No continuity
A35-17 ~ G12-3 Continuity
A35-17 ~ Frame No continuity
A35-18 ~ Frame No continuity
19-30

Inspection 2:
Inspect the intake pipe pressure sensor voltage.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G12, connect A35, ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
Intake pipe pressure sensor voltage (I/O monitor: PIM)
Standard:
PIM 4.80 V or more
 19-31

z Error codes 04-1, 04-2 (Coolant temperature sensor abnormality)

Related portion

A35 G16
19 (THW) 2 (THW) Coolant
Engine
controller 28 (E2) 1 (E2) temperature
sensor

Probable cause
c Coolant temperature sensor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Error codes 04-1 and 04-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
No error
correcting disconnection of G16 and internal Connector contact defect
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON
(start the engine) and check whether or not there
is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Water temperature sensor individual inspection Water temperature sensor defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out coolant temperature sensor individual inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A35 and G16
Standard: (Sensor side)
2.45 ± 0.24 kΩ (20°C)
G16-1 ~ G16-2
0.32 ± 0.03 kΩ (80°C)
19-32

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A35 and G16
Standard:
A35-19 ~ G16-2 Continuity
A35-28 ~ G16-1 Continuity
A35-19 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-33

z Error codes 05-1, 05-2, 05-3, 05-4, 05-5, 05-6 (Throttle position sensor abnormality)
Related portion

G27 G6
20 (VC2) 5 (VC)

Engine 21 (VTA) 6 (VTA) Throttle

controller 29 (VTA2) 4 (VTA2) position sensor
28 (E21) 3 (E2)

Probable cause
c Throttle position sensor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Error codes 05-1, 05-2, 05-3, 05-4, 05-5, 05-6

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
No error
correcting disconnection of G6 and internal Connector contact defect
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON
(start the engine) and check whether or not there
is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 2:
Throttle position sensor voltage inspection NG
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 5/10 Engine controller defect

OK

Throttle position sensor defect

19-34

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G27 and G6
Standard:
G27-21 ~ G6-6 Continuity
G27-28 ~ G6-3 Continuity
G27-21 ~ G27-20 No continuity
G27-20 ~ G6-5 Continuity
G27-21 ~ Frame No continuity
G27-29 ~ G6-4 Continuity
G27-29 ~ G27-20 No continuity
G27-29 ~ Frame No continuity
G27-21 ~ G27-29 No continuity
G27-21 ~ G27-28 No continuity
G27-29 ~ G27-28 No continuity
G27-20 ~ Frame No continuity

Inspection 2:
Inspect the throttle position sensor voltage.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G6, connect G27, ignition key switch ON
Throttle position sensor voltage (I/O monitor: VTA1, VTA2)
Standard:
VTA1, VTA2 4.80 V or more
 19-35

z Error codes 06-1, 06-2 (Throttle motor drive circuit open/short abnormality)
Related portion
E-THRO

G27 G6
7 (+BM)
6 (M+) 2 (M+)
Throttle
Engine 5 (M-) 1 (M-) motor
controller 4 (ME01)

Probable cause
c Throttle motor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Error codes 06-1 and 06-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
No error
correcting disconnection of G6 and internal Connector contact defect
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON
(start the engine) and check whether or not there
is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Throttle motor individual inspection Throttle motor defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect

19-36

Inspection 1:
Carry out throttle motor individual inspection. 6 5 4 3 2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G6, connect G27
G6
(1) Throttle motor resistance inspection
Standard: (Motor side)
G6-2 ~ G6-1 0.3 ~ 100 Ω (20°C)

(2) Throttle valve drive condition

Standard:
Throttle valve operates smoothly when fully opened.
Throttle valve operates smoothly when fully closed.
When you remove your hand from the throttle valve, it returns to the opener angle.

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G27 and G6
Standard:
G27-6 ~ G6-2 Continuity
G27-5 ~ G6-1 Continuity
G27-6 ~ Frame No continuity
G27-5 ~ Frame No continuity
G27-6 ~ G27-5 No continuity
G27-6 ~ G27-7 No continuity
G27-5 ~ G27-7 No continuity
 19-37

z Error codes 06-3, 06-4 (Throttle motor power circuit open/short abnormality)
Related portion

G27

Engine E-THRO
7 (+BM)
controller

Probable cause
c Harness defect
d Engine controller defect
Error codes 06-3 and 06-4

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
No error
correcting disconnection of G27 and internal Connector contact defect
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON
(start the engine) and check whether or not there
is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Throttle motor power voltage inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect the throttle motor power voltage.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G27
Standard:
G27-7 ~ Frame 8 ~ 16 V
19-38

z Error code 06-5 (Throttle motor seized abnormality)

Related portion
E-THRO

G27
G6
7 (+BM)
6 (M+) 2 (M+)
Throttle
Engine 5 (M-) 1 (M-) motor
controller 4 (ME01)

Probable cause
c Throttle motor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Error code 06-5

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
No error
correcting disconnection of G6 and internal Connector contact defect
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON
(start the engine) and check whether or not there
is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Throttle motor individual inspection Throttle motor defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out throttle motor individual inspection. 6 5 4 3 2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G6, connect G27
G6
(1) Throttle motor resistance inspection
Standard: (Motor side)
G6-2 ~ G6-1 0.3 ~ 100 Ω (20°C)

(2) Throttle valve drive condition

Standard:
Throttle valve operates smoothly when fully opened.
Throttle valve operates smoothly when fully closed.
When you remove your hand from the throttle valve, it returns to the opener angle
 19-39

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G6 and G27
Standard:
G27-6 ~ G27-5 No continuity
G27-6 ~ G27-7 No continuity
G27-5 ~ G27-7 No continuity
19-40

z Error code 06-6 (Electronic throttle abnormality)

Related portion

Engine
controller

Probable cause
c Engine controller defect
Error code 06-6

Disconnect the negative terminal of the battery for

10 seconds or more. Reconnect the battery No error
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON Connector contact defect
(start the engine) and check whether or not there is
an error.
Error

Engine controller defect

 19-41

z Error code 07-1 (Air-fuel ratio motor open abnormality)

Related portion

R/B Main relay

G28 G13 G13
21 (FCM1) 3 (FCM1) 2 (B1) 3 (L) EFI
31 (FCM2) 6 (FCM2) Air-fuel 5 (B2) main relay
Engine
controller 20 (FCM3) 1 (FCM3) ratio
motor
30 (FCM4) 4 (FCM4)

Probable cause
c Air-fuel ratio motor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Error code 07-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for more

than 10 seconds), after inspecting and correcting
No error
disconnection of G13 and internal wetting, Connector contact defect
reconnect all connectors and the battery negative
terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON (start the
engine) and check whether or not there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Air-fuel ratio motor individual inspection Air-fuel ratio motor defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect

19-42

Inspection 1:
Carry out an individual inspection of the air-fuel ratio motor. 3 2 1
(1) Air-fuel ratio motor resistance inspection 6 5 4
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G13, connect G28
G13
Standard: (Air-fuel ratio motor side)
G13-2 ~ G13-1
G13-2 ~ G13-3 20 ± 5 Ω (-10 ~ 50°C)
G13-5 ~ G13-4 25 ± 5 Ω (50 ~ 100°C)
G13-5 ~ G13-6

(2) Valve operation check

Connect the battery positive terminal to G13-2 and G13-5 and ground in the following terminal order.
Standard: (Air-fuel ratio motor side)
G13-3→G13-6→G13-1→G13-4: Moves to the close side
G13-4→G13-1→G13-6→G13-3: Moves to the open side

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G28, G13 and R/B main relay
Standard:
G28-21 ~ G13-3 Continuity
G28-31 ~ G13-6 Continuity
G28-20 ~ G13-1 Continuity
G28-30 ~ G13-4 Continuity
G13-2 ~ R/B main relay terminal 3 Continuity
G13-5 ~ R/B main relay terminal 3 Continuity
G28-21 ~ Frame No continuity
G28-31 ~ Frame No continuity
G28-20 ~ Frame No continuity
G28-30 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-43

z Error code 08-1 (Low voltage abnormality)

Related portion

A36

EFI
Engine 3 (BATT)
controller

Probable cause
c Harness defect
d Engine controller defect
Error code 08-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for more

than 10 seconds), after inspecting and correcting
No error
disconnection of A36 and internal wetting, Connector contact defect
reconnect all connectors and the battery negative
terminal, turn the ignition key switch ON (start the
engine) and check whether or not there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A36
Standard:
A36-3 ~ EFI Continuity
A36-3 ~ Frame No continuity
19-44

zError code 09-1 (Ignition signal abnormality)

Related portion

IGN

G27 G25 G25

33 (IGT) 2 (IGT) 3 (IG2)
Engine
32 (IGF) 1 (IGF) Igniter 5 (IG1)
controller

G21
2 (IG-)
Ignition coil 1 (IG+)

Probable cause
c Ignition coil
d Igniter defect
e Harness defect
f Engine controller defect
 19-45

Error code 09-1

Disconnect the battery negative

terminal (for more than 10
seconds), after inspecting and
correcting disconnection of G21 Engine will not start
and G25 and internal leakage,
reconnect all connectors and the
battery negative terminal, turn the
ignition key switch ON to start the
engine.
Engine
starts

Operate the accelerator pedal and No error

check whether there is an error. Connector contact defect

Error

Inspection 2:
Inspection 1: NG NG
Harness continuity and short circuit Harness defect
Ignition abnormality signal (IGF) inspection
inspection
OK
OK

Engine controller defect

Igniter defect

Inspection 3: NG
Ignition coil individual inspection Ignition coil defect

OK

Inspection 4:
NG
Harness continuity and short circuit Harness defect
inspection

OK

Inspection 5: NG
Igniter IGT signal inspection Engine controller defect

OK

Igniter defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out an ignition signal (IGF) inspection. 5 4 3 2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G25, connect G27, ignition key switch ON, engine G25
stopped
Standard:
G25-1 ~ Frame 4.0 ~ 5.5 V
19-46

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G27 and G25
Standard:
G27-32 ~ G25-1 Continuity
G27-32 ~ Frame No continuity

Inspection 3:
Carry out distributor individual inspection. 2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G21 and G25, connect G27
G21
Standard:
Primary side (G21-1 ~ G21-2) 1.2 ~ 1.5 Ω
Secondary side (IIA inner terminal) 7.7 ~ 10.4 Ω

Inspection 4:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G27, G21 and G25
Standard:
G27-33 ~ G25-2 Continuity
G27-32 ~ G25-1 Continuity
G27-33 ~ G27-32 No continuity
G27-33 ~ Frame No continuity
G27-32 ~ Frame No continuity
G25-5 ~ G21-2 Continuity
G25-3 ~ G21-1 Continuity
G25-5 ~ G25-3 No continuity
G25-5 ~ frame No continuity
G25-3 ~ frame No continuity

Inspection 5:
Carry out an igniter (IGT) signal inspection. 5 4 3 2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G21 and G25, connect G27, ignition key switch G25
ON, (cranking)
Standard:
G25-2 ~ Frame Not 0 V
 19-47

z Error code 0A-1, 0A-2, 0A-3 (Fuel specification determination abnormality)

Related portion

G28 T6 T6 R/B EFI Main relay

14 (GAS) 6 (GAS) Fuel 4 (IG) 3 (L) EFI
13 (LPG) 3 (LPG) changeover
main relay
switch
G27
15 (SEL1)
Engine
14 (SEL2)
controller
13 (SEL3) Connection status of SEL1 to 3
differs depending on vehicle specification (refer to inspection 3).
10 (ESEL)

Probable cause
c Fuel changeover switch defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Error codes 0A-1, 0A-2, 0A-3

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
correcting disconnection of T6 and internal No error
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery Connector contact defect
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch
ON (start the engine) and check whether or not
there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1:
Switch input signal inspection
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 1/10

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Fuel changeover switch defect
Fuel changeover switch individual inspection

OK

Inspection 3: NG
Harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

Engine controller defect

19-48

Inspection 1:
Carry out switch input signal inspection.
Ignition key switch ON
Switch input signal (I/O monitor: G/LP, SEL1-3)
Standard:
Vehicle specification Fuel changeover switch G/LP SEL
Gasoline specification – 10 1100
LPG exclusive – 01 0101
Gasoline selection 10
LPG/Gasoline convertible LPG selection 01 0110
Neutral 00

Inspection 2:
Carry out fuel changeover switch individual inspection.
(Carry out only for convertible vehicles, and only when the G/LP input in inspection 1 is outside 6 43
the standard value)
T6
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect T6, connect G28 and G27
Standard: (Switch side)
Fuel changeover switch
Gasoline LPG Neutral
T6-4 ~ T6-6 Continuity No continuity No continuity
T6-4 ~ T6-3 No continuity Continuity No continuity

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness. (Begin with the place that was outside the standard
value in inspection 1)
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G28, G27 and T6
Harness
Vehicle specification
SEL1 SEL2 SEL3
Short circuit to Short circuit to
Gasoline specification –
ESEL ESEL
Short circuit to Short circuit to Short circuit to
LPG exclusive
ESEL ESEL ESEL
Short circuit to Short circuit to
LPG/Gasoline convertible –
ESEL ESEL
 19-49

z Error code 0A-4 (Engine specification determination abnormality)

Related portion

Engine
controller

Probable cause
c Engine controller defect
Error code 0A-4

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for 10

seconds or more), reconnect the battery No error
Normal
negative terminal, then turn the ignition key
switch ON (start the engine) and check whether
or not there is an error.

Error

Engine controller defect

19-50

z Error codes 13-1, 13-2, 13-3 (Relay abnormality)

Related portion

IGN
To IGN SW

G38 R/B ASC relay

5 (SRLY) 1
13 (E12) 2
ASC controller ASC relay
5
2 (MEN+) 3

G37
Step motor

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d ASC relay defect
e Harness defect
f ASC controller defect
Error codes 13-1, 13-2, 13-3

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of G38
No error Connector contact defect
and the ASC relay and internal wetting, reconnect
ASC relay not plugged in properly
all connectors and the battery negative terminal,
turn the ignition key switch ON and check
whether or not there is an error.

Error

Inspection 1: NG
ASC relay individual inspection ASC relay defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

ASC controller defect

 19-51

Inspection 1:
Carry out ASC relay individual inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, remove ASC relay
Standard: (Relay side)
ASC relay
1 ~ 2 terminals Continuity (approx. 90 Ω)
At all times
3 ~ 5 terminals No continuity
When battery voltage is applied
3 ~ 5 terminals Continuity
between terminals 1 ~ 2

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G38, remove ASC relay
Standard:
G38-2 ~ ASC relay terminal 3 Continuity
ASC relay terminal 5 ~ IGN Continuity
G38-2 ~ BATT No continuity
G38-5 ~ ASC relay terminal 1 Continuity
G38-5 ~ G38-13 No continuity
G38-5 ~ Frame No continuity
G38-5 ~ BATT No continuity
ASC relay terminal 2 ~ Frame Continuity
19-52

z Error codes 15-1 and 15-2 (NMR switch abnormality)

Related portion

IGN
To IGN SW

G36
G39
2
12 (NMR) 1 NMR switch

ASC controller
R/B Starting motor relay

2 (STA) 1 Starting motor relay

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d NMR switch defect
e Harness defect
f ASC controller defect
g Mechanical system defect (link catching, switch position adjustment, step motor defect etc.)
 19-53

Error codes 15-1, 15-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then

inspect and repair disconnection of G36, G39 and
starting motor relay and any internal leakage.

Reconnect the connectors and the battery negative

terminal, then repeat the operations c to f below
several times and check whether an error occurs.
c Turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
d Operate the accelerator pedal ON/OFF (several No error
times) Connector contact defect
e Start the engine with the accelerator fully
depressed
f Release the accelerator pedal and turn the
ignition key switch OFF
Error

Inspection 1: NG
NMR switch individual inspection NMR switch defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 3:
Inspection of the status of the NMR switch in the NG
ASC controller ASC controller defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 1/3

OK

Refer to and carry out mechanical system inspection

items such as link catching or switch position
adjustment.

Inspection 1:
Carry out an NMR switch individual inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G36, connect G39
Standard: (Switch side) G36
Switch OFF Switch ON
G36-1 ~ G36-2 No continuity Continuity
19-54

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G36, G39 and starting motor relay
Standard:
G39-12 ~ G36-1 Continuity
IGN ~ G36-2 Continuity
G39-2 ~ Starting motor relay terminal 1 Continuity
G39-12 ~ IGN No continuity

Inspection 3:
Carry out inspection of the status of the NMR switch in the controller.
Ignition key switch OFF, remove NMR switch so that it can be turned ON and OFF manually,
connect G39 and G36, ignition key switch ON
NMR switch (I/O monitor: NMR)
Standard:
Analyzer display Switch OFF Switch ON
NMR 0 1
 19-55

z Error code 15-3 (NMR switch abnormality)

Related portion

IGN
To IGN SW

G39 G36
2
12 (NMR) 1 NMR switch

ASC controller
G36
4
15 (ZERO) 3 Idle switch

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d NMR switch defect
e Idle switch defect
f Harness defect
g ASC controller defect
h Mechanical system defect (link catching, switch position adjustment, step motor defect etc.)
19-56

Error code 15-3

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then

inspect and repair disconnection of G39 and G36
and any internal leakage.

Reconnect the connectors and the battery negative

terminal, then repeat the operations c to e below
several times and check whether an error occurs.
c Turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped) No error
Connector contact defect
d Operate the accelerator pedal ON/OFF (several
times)
e Turn the ignition key switch OFF
Error

Inspection 1: NG NMR switch defect

NMR and idle switch individual inspection Idle switch defect
OK

Inspection 2: NG
Carry out harness continuity and short circuit Harness defect
inspection

OK

Inspection 3:
Inspection of the status of the NMR and idle NG
switches in the controller ASC controller defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 1/3

OK

Refer to and carry out mechanical system inspection

items such as link catching or switch position
adjustment.

Inspection 1:
Carry out an NMR and idle switch individual inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G36, connect G39
Standard: (Switch side) G36
Switch OFF Switch ON
G36-1 ~ G36-2 No continuity Continuity
G36-3 ~ G36-4 No continuity Continuity

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G36 and G39
Standard:
G39-12 ~ IG No continuity
G39-15 ~ IG No continuity
 19-57

Inspection 3:
Carry out inspection of the status of the NMR and idle switches in the controller.
Ignition key switch OFF, remove NMR and idle switches so that they can be turned ON and OFF manually,
connect G36 and G39, ignition key switch ON
NMR and idle switches (I/O monitor: NMR, IDLE)
Standard:
Analyzer display Switch OFF Switch ON
NMR 0 1
IDLE 0 1
19-58

z Error codes 16-1 and 16-2 (Idle switch abnormality)

Related portion

IGN
To IGN SW

G36
G39
4
15 (ZERO) 3 Idle switch

G38 G37
ASC controller 11 (NINA) 2
12 (NINB) 1
3 (INA) 5 Step motor

4 (INB) 4

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Idle switch defect
e Harness defect
f ASC controller defect
g Mechanical system defect (link catching, switch position adjustment, step motor defect etc.)
Note:
In the case where a 13-1 error is present, service that error first before dealing with this one.
 19-59

Error codes 16-1, 16-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then

inspect and repair disconnection of G39, G36 and
G37 and any internal wetting.

Reconnect the connectors and the battery negative

terminal, then repeat the operations c to e below
several times and check whether an error occurs.
No error
c Turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped) Connector contact defect
d Operate the accelerator pedal ON/OFF (several
times)
e Turn the ignition key switch OFF
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Idle switch individual inspection Idle switch defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Carry out harness continuity and short circuit Harness defect
inspection
OK

Inspection 3:
Inspection of the status of the idle switch in the NG
controller ASC controller defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 1/3

OK

Refer to and carry out mechanical system inspection

items such as link catching or switch position
adjustment.

Inspection 1:
Carry out idle switch individual inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G36, connect G39
Standard: (Switch side) G36
Switch OFF Switch ON
G36-3 ~ G36-4 No continuity Continuity
19-60

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G36, G37, G38 and G39
Standard:
G39-15 ~ G36-3 Continuity
IGN ~ G36-4 Continuity
G39-15 ~ IGN No continuity
G38-11 ~ G37-2 Continuity
G38-12 ~ G37-1 Continuity
G38-3 ~ G37-5 Continuity
G38-4 ~ G37-4 Continuity
G38-11 ~G38-12 No continuity
G38-11 ~ G38-3 No continuity
G38-11 ~ G38-4 No continuity
G38-12 ~ G38-3 No continuity
G38-12 ~ G38-4 No continuity
G38-3 ~ G38-4 No continuity
G38-11 ~ IGN No continuity
G38-12 ~ IGN No continuity
G38-3 ~ IGN No continuity
G38-4 ~ IGN No continuity
G38-3 ~ Frame No continuity
G38-4 ~ Frame No continuity
G38-11 ~ Frame No continuity
G38-12 ~ Frame No continuity

Inspection 3:
Carry out inspection of the status of the idle switch in the controller.
Ignition key switch OFF, remove idle switch so that it can be turned ON and OFF manually, connect G36 and
G39, ignition key switch ON
Idle switch (I/O monitor: IDLE)
Standard:
Analyzer display Switch OFF Switch ON
IDLE 0 1
 19-61

z Error codes 18-1, 18-2 (4Y engine: Cam angle sensor abnormality)
Related portion

IGN

G25
3 (IG2)
Igniter 5 (IG1)

G27 G19 G21

31 (NE+) 1 (NE) 2 (IG-)
Engine controller 30 (NE-) 2 (NE-) Distributor 1 (IG+)

Probable cause
c Distributor (cam angle sensor) defect
d Starter defect
e Defect in the part connecting the starter and engine
f Harness defect
g Engine controller defect
Note:
If the engine does not crank, troubleshoot "Does not crank (see 19-156)" first.
Error codes 18-1, 18-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
correcting disconnection of G19 and internal No error
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery Connector contact defect
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch
ON (start the engine) and check whether or not
there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Distributor individual inspection Distributor (cam angle sensor) defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG Starter defect

Timing rotor operation inspection Defect in the part connecting the starter and engine
OK

Inspection 3: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect

19-62

Inspection 1:
Carry out distributor individual inspection. 2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G19 and G21, connect G27
G19
(1) Pickup coil (2 in series) resistance measurement
Standard: (Distributor side)
G19-1 ~ G19-2 460 ± 50 Ω

(2) Inspection of the air gap between the pickup coils and the timing rotor
Standard: 0.2 ~ 0.4 mm (0.008 ~ 0.016 in)

Inspection 2:
Inspect the timing rotor operation.
Disconnect G19 and G21, connect G27, ignition key switch ON
Standard: Timing rotor rotates during cranking

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G19, G21 and G27
Standard:
G27-31 ~ G19-1 Continuity
G27-30 ~ G19-2 Continuity
G27-31 ~ G27-30 No continuity
 19-63

z Error code 18-3 (4Y engine: Crank angle sensor abnormality)

Related portion

G27 G18
11 (G2) 1 (G2)
Crank angle
Engine controller 22 (G-) 2 (G-) sensor

Probable cause
c Crank angle sensor defect
d Harness defect
e Engine controller defect
Error code 18-3

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
correcting disconnection of G18 and internal No error
wetting, reconnect all connectors and the battery Connector contact defect
negative terminal, turn the ignition key switch
ON (start the engine) and check whether or not
there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Crank angle sensor individual inspection Crank angle sensor defect

OK

Inspection 3:
Crank angle sensor installation inspection

Install the crank angle sensor, connect G27, G18

and battery negative terminal, start the engine. No error Normal
Check whether an error occurs. (Entry of foreign matter etc.)

Error

Engine controller defect

19-64

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G27 and G18
Standard:
G27-11 ~ G18-1 Continuity
G27-22 ~ G18-2 Continuity
G27-11 ~ G27-22 No continuity

Inspection 2:
Carry out crank angle sensor individual inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G27 and G18 2 1
Standard: (Sensor side)
G18-1 ~ G18-2 1100 ± 150 Ω G18

Inspection 3:
Carry out crank angle sensor installation inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G27 and G18
Standard:
Remove the crank angle sensor, ensure that there is no foreign matter etc. adhereing to the sensor part.
If there is remove it.
 19-65

z Error codes 18-1, 18-2 (1DZ-III, 3Z engines: NE sensor abnormality)

Related portion

G39 G31
9 (NE+) 2
Engine speed
ASC controller 22 (NE-) 1 sensor (NE sensor)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Engine speed sensor defect
e Harness defect
f ASC controller defect
Note:
In the event that the engine stops while traveling, when the ignition key switch is turned from OFF to ON, an
18-2 error may be detected, however this is not a fault.
Stop the vehicle, turn the ignition key switch OFF and restart the engine.
Error codes 18-1, 18-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of G31
and G39 and internal wetting, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON and check
whether or not there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Engine speed sensor individual inspection Engine speed sensor defect

OK

ASC controller defect

19-66

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G31 and G39
Standard:
G39-9 ~ G31-2 Continuity
G39-22 ~ G31-1 Continuity
G39-9 ~ G39-22 No continuity
G39-9 ~ Frame No continuity
G39-22 ~ Frame No continuity

Inspection 2:
Carry out engine speed sensor individual inspection.
2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G31 and G39 3
Standard: (Sensor side)
G31
G31-1 ~ G31-2 Approx. 1 kΩ
 19-67

z Error codes 1F-1, 1F-2, 1F-3, 1F-4, 1F-5, 1F-6, 1F-7, 1F-8 (CPU abnormality)
Related portion

ASC controller

Probable cause
c ASC controller defect
19-68

z Error code 41-1 (Matching connector abnormality)

Related portion

A20 A45
24 (MAT) 1
SAS/OPS Matching
controller 1 (E3) 1 connector

A46

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Matching connector harness defect
e SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 41-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A20
and A45 internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness defect
Harness continuity check

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20, A45 and A46
Standard:
A20-24 ~ A45-1 Continuity
A20-1 ~ A46-1 Continuity
 19-69

z Error codes 51-1, 51-2 (Speed sensor abnormality)

Related portion

A21 A19
22 (SP1+) 1
SAS/OPS Speed
controller 23 (SP1-) 2 sensor

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Harness defect
e Speed sensor defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 51-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A19
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Inspection 1: No error
Speed sensor inspection Speed sensor defect

Error

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out speed sensor inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A19, use SST 09236-13900-71 to short circuit A19, ignition key switch ON,
engine stopped
51-1 displayed → to inspection 2
No error displayed → Speed sensor defect
19-70

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A19 and A21
Standard:
A21-22 ~ A19-1 Continuity
A21-23 ~ A19-2 Continuity
A21-22 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-23 ~ Frame No continuity

Error code 51-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A19
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Inspection 1: 51-1
Speed sensor inspection Sensor defect

51-2

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out speed sensor inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A19, ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
51-2 displayed → to next inspection
No error code → Speed sensor defect

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A19 and A21
Standard:
A21-22 ~ A19-1 Continuity
A21-23 ~ A19-2 Continuity
A21-22 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-23 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-71

z Error codes 52-1, 52-2, 52-3 (Yaw rate sensor abnormality)

Related portion

A21
O1
24 (YRS+) 1
SAS/OPS 25 (YRS) 3 Yaw-rate
controller sensor
26 (YRS-) 2

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Yaw rate sensor harness defect
e Yaw rate sensor defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 52-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of O1
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Inspection 1: 52-2 is displayed

Yaw rate sensor defect
Yaw rate sensor inspection

52-1 is displayed

Inspection 2: NG
Harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out a yaw and rate sensor inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect O1, use SST 09232-13130-71 to short circuit O1-1 and O1-2, ignition key
switch ON, engine stopped
52-1 displayed → to inspection 2
52-2 displayed → Yaw rate sensor defect
19-72

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect O1 and A21
Standard:
A21-25 ~ O1-3 Continuity
A21-26 ~ O1-2 Continuity
A21-24 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-25 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-26 ~ Frame No continuity

Error codes 52-2, 52-3

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of O1
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Turn the ignition key switch OFF, disconnect the

battery negative terminal, disconnect O1,
connect the battery negative terminal, turn the 52-1
Yaw-rate sensor defect
ignition key switch ON (engine stopped), check
whether the error changes.

52-2 or 52-3

Inspection 1: NG
Harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect O1 and A21
Standard:
A21-25 ~ O1-3 Continuity
A21-26 ~ O1-2 Continuity
A21-24 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-25 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-26 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-73

z Error code 54-1 (Swing lock solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A20 Z1
3 (SWN+) 1
Swing lock
2 (SWN-) 2 solenoid
SAS/OPS
controller 8 (E01)
9 (E02)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Harness defect
e Swing lock solenoid defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 54-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A20
and Z1 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (start the engine)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Inspection 1: NG
Swing lock solenoid individual inspection Swing lock solenoid defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

*: Make sure that no error is displayed when driving in a circle or during repeated left and right turns.

Inspection 1:
Carry out swing lock solenoid individual inspection.
2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect Z1
Standard: (Solenoid side) Z1
Z1-1 ~ Z1-2 Approx. 6 Ω (20°C)
19-74

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect Z1 and A20
Standard:
A20-3 ~ Z1-1 Continuity
A20-2 ~ Z1-2 Continuity
A20-3 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-2 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-75

z Error codes 61-1, 61-2 (Load sensor abnormality)

Related portion

A21
A18
19 (5PRS) 1
SAS/OPS 27 (PRES) 2 Load sensor
controller 5 (E2) 3

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Load sensor defect
e Harness defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 61-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A18
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Inspection 1: 61-2 is displayed

Load sensor inspection Load sensor defect

61-1 is displayed

Inspection 2: No continuity
Main harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

Continuity

Inspection 3: No continuity
SAS/OPS controller defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

Continuity

Main harness defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out load sensor inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A18, use SST 09230-13700-
71 to short circuit A18-1 and A18-2 (main harness side), ignition
key switch ON, engine stopped
61-1 displayed → to inspection 2
61-2 not displayed → load sensor defect
SST
19-76

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21 (with the SST used in inspection 1 still connected)
Standard:
A21-19 ~ A21-27 Continuity

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
In the same state as for inspection 2
Standard:
A21-27 ~ A21-5 No continuity
A21-19 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-27 ~ Frame No continuity

Error code 61-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A18
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Disconnect A18, ignition key switch ON (engine 61-1

stopped), inspect the displayed error code.

61-2

Inspection 1: No continuity SAS/OPS

Harness continuity and short circuit inspection controller defect

Continuity

No continuity Inspection 2:
Main harness defect
Load sensor inspection

Continuity

· Sub harness defect

· Load sensor defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
Standard:
A21-19 ~ A21-27 No continuity
A21-19 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-27 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-77

Inspection 2:
Carry out load sensor inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect the battery negative terminal, disconnect A18 and A21, use SST 09230-
13700-71 to short circuit A18-2 to A18-3 (main harness side)
Standard:
A21-27 ~ A21-5 Continuity
19-78

z Error codes 62-1, 62-2 (Tilt angle sensor abnormality)

Related portion

A21
A42
28 (5MA) 1
SAS/OPS 32 (MA) 2 Tilt angle
controller sensor
5 (E2) 3

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Tilt angle sensor harness defect
e Tilt angle sensor defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 62-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A21
and A42 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

62-2 is
Inspection 1: displayed
Tilt angle sensor inspection Tilt angle sensor defect

62-1 is displayed

Inspection 2: No continuity
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Main harness defect

Continuity

Inspection 3: No continuity
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection SAS/OPS controller defect

Continuity

Main harness defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out tilt angle sensor inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A42, use SST 09232-13130-71 to short circuit A42-1 and A42-2 (main
harness side), ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
62-1 displayed → to inspection 2
62-2 not displayed → tilt angle sensor defect
 19-79

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21 (with the SST used in inspection 1 still connected)
Standard:
A21-28 ~ A21-32 Continuity

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
In the same state as for inspection 2
Standard:
A21-32 ~ A21-5 No continuity
A21-28 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-32 ~ Frame No continuity

Error code 62-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A21
and A42 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Inspection 1: 62-1 is displayed

Displayed error code inspection
62-2 is displayed

Inspection 2: No continuity SAS/OPS

Harness continuity and short circuit inspection controller defect

Continuity

No continuity Inspection 3:
Main harness defect
Tilt angle sensor inspection

Continuity

Tilt angle sensor defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect the displayed error code.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A42, ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
62-1 displayed → to inspection 3
62-2 displayed → to inspection 2

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
Standard:
A21-28 ~ A21-32 No continuity
19-80

Inspection 3:
Carry out tilt angle sensor inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21 and A42, use SST 09232-13130-71 to short circuit A21-2 and A42-3
(main harness side)
Standard:
A42-32 ~ A21-5 Continuity
 19-81

z Error codes 63-1, 63-2, 63-3 (Tilt lever switch abnormality)

Related portion

A20 A13
20 (MF) 1
Forward tilt
1 (E3) 2 switch
SAS/OPS
controller
21 (MR) 3
Backward tilt
4 switch

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect f Harness defect
d Forward tilt switch defect g Tilt switch installation defect
e Backward tilt switch defect h SAS/OPS controller defect
19-82

Error codes 63-1, 63-2, 63-3

Disconnect the battery negative

terminal, after inspecting and
correcting disconnection of A13
and A20 and internal moisture No error
reconnect all connectors and the Connector contact defect
battery negative terminal, turn the
ignition key switch ON and check
whether or not there is an error.*
Error

Inspection 1:
Check the condition of the switch
ANL.: I/O M.HANDLING 1/6

Inspection 2:
Inspection 4:
Individual continuity inspection of OK NG
Harness continuity and short circuit
the tilt lever switch(es) that was
inspection
abnormal in inspection 1 (while still
installed on the vehicle). OK
NG
SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 3:
Individual continuity inspection of NG
the tilt lever switch (removed from Tilt switch defect
the vehicle).

OK

Inspection 4:
OK
Harness continuity and short circuit Tilt switch installation defect
inspection

NG

Harness defect

*: Make sure there is no error displayed after turning the ignition key switch ON, and moving the tilt lever forward and
backward. Also, make sure that no error is displayed when the tilt lever is left standing in neutral position for 2
minutes.

Inspection 1:
Check the condition of the switch.
Ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
Tilt switch (I/O monitor: MF·MR)
Standard:
Lever in neutral Lever in forward tilt Lever in backward
position position tilt position
MF (Forward tilt switch) 0 1 0
MR (Backward tilt switch) 0 0 1
 19-83

Inspection 2:
Individual continuity inspection of the tilt lever switch (still installed on the vehicle).
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A13
Standard: (Switch side)
Lever in neutral Lever in forward tilt Lever in backward
position position tilt position
A13-1 ~ A13-2 No continuity Continuity No continuity
A13-3 ~ A13-4 No continuity No continuity Continuity

Inspection 3:
Carry out individual continuity inspection of the tilt lever switch (removed from the vehicle).
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A13
Standard: (Sensor side) 1 2
Switch OFF Switch ON 3 4
A13-1 ~ A13-2 No continuity Continuity A13
A13-3 ~ A13-4 No continuity No continuity

Inspection 4:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A13 and A20
Standard:
A20-20 ~ A20-1 No continuity
A20-21 ~ A20-1 No continuity
A20-20 ~ A20-21 No continuity
A20-20 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-21 ~ Frame No continuity
19-84

z Error code 64-1 (Lift lock solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A20 A11
7 (LSOL) 1
Lift lock
SAS/OPS 9 (E02) 2 solenoid
controller 8 (E01)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Harness defect
e Lift lock solenoid defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 64-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A11
and A20 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.*

Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Lift lock solenoid individual inspection Solenoid defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

*: Make sure that no error is displayed when the material handling lever is lowered.

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A11 and A20
Standard:
A20-7 ~ A11-1 Continuity
A11-2 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-9 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-8 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-7 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-85

Inspection 2:
Carry out lift lock solenoid individual inspection. 1 2
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A11
A11
Standard: (Solenoid side)
A11-1 ~ A11-2 9.9 ± 0.5 Ω (20°C)
19-86

z Error code 65-1 (Tilt control solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A20 A10
4 (TSOL) 1
Tilt control
SAS/OPS 9 (E02) 2 solenoid
controller 8 (E01)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Harness defect
e Tilt control solenoid defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 65-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A10
and A20 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.*

Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Tilt control solenoid individual inspection Solenoid defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

*: Make sure that no error is displayed when the material handling lever is operated to tilt forward.

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A10 and A20
Standard:
A20-4 ~ A10-1 Continuity
A10-2 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-9 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-8 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-4 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-87

Inspection 2:
Carry out tilt control solenoid individual inspection.
1 2
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A10
A10
Standard: (Solenoid side)
A10-1 ~ A10-2 9.9 ± 0.5 Ω (20°C)
19-88

z Error code 66-1 (Outside matching value range abnormality)

Related portion

SAS/OPS
controller

Probable cause
c Tilt horizontal angle matching value is outside the specified range for matching.
d Tilt forward tilt angle matching value is outside the specified range for matching.
e Load sensor matching value is outside the specified range for matching.
Error code 66-1

Carry out tilt horizontal angle matching, tilt

forward tilt angle matching, and load sensor
matching. (Refer to section 16)

Error

Controller defect
 19-89

z Error code 67-1 (Lifting height switch abnormality)

Related portion

A20 b1
1 (E3) 1
31 (MH1) 2 Lifting height
SAS/OPS 32 (MH21) 3 switch
controller

33 (MH22)
N.C.

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Harness defect
e Lifting height switch defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
g IG fuse defect
19-90

Error code 67-1

Disconnect the battery negative

terminal, after inspecting and
correcting disconnection of A20
and b1 and internal moisture, Error
reconnect all connectors and the None
Connector contact defect
battery negative terminal, turn the
ignition key switch ON (engine
stopped) and check whether or not *: Raise the lift lever from the fully lowered
there is an error.* position until an error is detected.
Error

Except Inspection 2:
Inspection 1: MH000 Harness continuity and short circuit MH:000 Lifting height switch
Lifting height switch input value inspection
inspection defect
ANL.: I/O M.HANDLING 2/6
ANL.: I/O M.HANDLING 2/6
Except MH:000
MH:000

Inspection 3:
OK SAS/OPS
Harness continuity and short circuit
controller defect
inspection

NG

Main harness defect

Inspection 4: NG
Lifting height switch individual Lifting height switch defect
inspection
OK

Inspection 5:
OK SAS/OPS
Harness continuity and short circuit
controller defect
inspection

NG

Main harness defect

 19-91

Inspection 1:
Check the condition of the switch.
Maintain the error status and check the display.
Lifting height switch (I/O monitor: MH)
MH: 000 displayed → to checking the mast height at the time of error detection
MH: Except 000 → to inspection 2

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Put the lift in fully lowered state, ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20 and b1, ignition key switch ON, stop the
engine, check the display
MH: 000 displayed → sub harness defect or lifting height switch defect
MH: Except 000 → to inspection 3

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Put the lift in fully lowered state, ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20 and b1
Standard:
A20-1 ~ A20-31 No continuity
A20-1 ~ A20-32 No continuity
A20-1 ~ A20-33 No continuity
A20-31 ~ A20-32 No continuity
A20-32 ~ A20-33 No continuity
A20-33 ~ A20-31 No continuity
A20-31 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-32 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-33 ~ Frame No continuity

Inspection 4:
Carry out lifting height switch individual inspection.
Maintain the error status, ignition key switch OFF, disconnect b1 b1
Standard: (Switch side)
b1-1 ~ b1-2 No continuity

Inspection 5:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Put the lift in fully lowered state, ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20 adn b1, use SST 09236-13900-71 to
short circuit the terminals
Standard:
Inspection terminal Short circuit terminals Continuity
A20-1 ~ A20-31 b1-1 ~ b1-2 Continuity
A20-1 ~ A20-32 b1-1 ~ b1-3 Continuity
19-92

z Error codes 68-1, 68-2, 68-3 (Lift switch abnormality)

Related portion

A20 A14
22 (MU) 3
Raising lift
1 (E3) 4 switch
SAS/OPS
controller
23 (MD) 1
Lowering lift
2 switch

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect f Harness defect
d Raising lift switch defect g Lift switch installation defect
e Lowering lift switch defect h SAS/OPS controller defect
 19-93

Error codes 68-1, 68-2, 68-3

Disconnect the battery negative

terminal, after inspecting and
correcting disconnection of A14
and A20 and internal moisture, Error
reconnect all connectors and the None
battery negative terminal, turn the Connector contact defect
ignition key switch ON (engine
stopped) and check whether or not
there is an error.*
Error

Inspection 1:
Lift switch condition check
ANL.: I/O M.HANDLING 1/6

Inspection 2:
Inspection 4:
Individual continuity inspection of OK NG
Harness continuity and short circuit
the lift lever switch(es) that was
inspection
abnormal in inspection 1 (while still
installed on the vehicle). OK
NG
SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 3:
Individual continuity inspection of NG
the lift lever switch (removed from Lift switch defect
the vehicle).

OK

Inspection 4:
OK
Harness continuity and short circuit Lift switch installation defect
inspection

NG

Harness defect
*: Make sure there is no error displayed after turning the ignition key switch ON, and moving the lift lever upward and
downward. Also, make sure that no error is displayed when the lift lever is left standing in neutral position for 2
minutes.
19-94

Inspection 1:
Check the condition of the switch.
Ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
Lift switch (I/O monitor: MU·MD)
Standard:
Lever in neutral Lever in raised Lever in lowered
position position position
MU (Raising switch) 0 1 0
MD (Lowering switch) 0 0 1

Inspection 2:
Carry out individual continuity inspection of the lift lever switch (still installed on the vehicle).
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A14
Standard: (Switch side)
Lever in neutral Lever in raised Lever in lowered
position position position
A14-3 ~ A14-4 No continuity No continuity Continuity
A14-1 ~ A14-2 No continuity Continuity No continuity

Inspection 3:
Carry out individual continuity inspection of the lift lever switch (removed from the vehicle).
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A14
Standard: (Switch side) 2 1
Switch ON Switch OFF 4 3
A14-3 ~ A14-4 Continuity No continuity
A14
A14-1 ~ A14-2 Continuity No continuity

Inspection 4:
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A14 and A20
Standard:
A20-22 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-23 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-22 ~ A20-1 No continuity
A20-23 ~ A20-1 No continuity
A20-22 ~ A20-33 No continuity
 19-95

z Error code 69-1 (Backward tilt lock solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A20 A56
10 (BSO+) 1
Backward tilt
SAS/OPS 9 (E02) 2 lock solenoid
controller 8 (E01)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Harness defect
e Backward tilt lock solenoid defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 69-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A20
and A56 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.*

Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Backward tilt lock solenoid individual inspection Solenoid defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

*: Make sure that no error is displayed when the material handling lever is operated to tilt backward.

Inspection 1:
Carry out harness continuity and short circuit inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20 and A56
Standard:
A20-10 ~ A56-1 Continuity
A56-2 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-9 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-8 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-10 ~ Frame No continuity
19-96

Inspection 2:
Carry out tilt backward tilt lock solenoid individual inspection. 1 2
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A56
A56
Standard: (Solenoid side)
A56-1 ~ A56-2 9.9 ± 0.5 Ω (20°C)
 19-97

z Error codes 71-1 and 71-2 (Tire angle sensor abnormality)

Related portion

A21
Z3
30 (5T) 3
SAS/OPS 34 (T) 2 Tire angle
controller 5 (E2) sensor
1

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Tire angle sensor harness defect
e Tire angle sensor defect
f Tire angle sensor joint, rear axle link system defect
g SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 71-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of Z3
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Inspection 1: 71-2 is displayed

Tire angle sensor inspection Tire angle sensor defect

71-1 is displayed

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 3: OK
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection SAS/OPS controller defect

NG

Harness defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out tire angle sensor inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect Z3, use SST 09232-13130-71 to short circuit Z3-2 and Z3-3, ignition key
switch ON, engine stopped
71-1 displayed → to inspection 2
71-2 displayed → Tire angle sensor defect
19-98

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
(With the SST used in inspection 1 still connected)
Standard:
A21-30 ~ A21-34 Continuity

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
In the same state as for inspection 2
Standard:
A21-34 ~ A21-5 No continuity

Error code 71-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of Z3
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (engine stopped)
and check whether or not there is an error.

Error

Inspection 1: 71-1 is displayed

Displayed error code inspection

71-2 is displayed

Inspection 2: OK SAS/OPS
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection controller defect

NG

No continuity Inspection 3:
Main harness defect
Tire angle sensor inspection

Continuity

Tire angle sensor defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect the displayed error code.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect Z3, ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
71-1 displayed → to inspection 3
71-2 displayed → to inspection 2
 19-99

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
Standard:
A21-30 ~ A21-34 No continuity

Inspection 3:
Carry out tire angle sensor inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect Z3 and A21, use SST 09232-13130-71 to short circuit Z3-1 to Z3-2 (main
harness side)
Standard:
A21-34~ A21-5 Continuity
19-100

z Error codes 72-1, 72-2, 72-3, 72-4 (Steering angle sensor abnormality)
Related portion

A21
ECU-IG
1 (IG1) A3
2 (IG2) 1

SAS/OPS 14 (SS1) 3
Steering angle
controller 15 (SS2) 4 sensor
16 (SSC) 5
5 (E2) 2

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect f SAS/OPS controller defect
d Steering angle sensor harness defect
e Steering angle sensor defect
Note:
Turning the steering angle sensor without turning the steering wheel may cause error code 72-4 to be set.
 19-101

Error code 72-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A3 and
A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, turn Connector contact defect
the ignition key switch ON, operate (rotate) the
steering and check whether or not there is an
error.
Error

Check the STS value with an analyzer while

1**
operating the steering.
ANL.: I/O STEERING 1/1

0**
(* is 0 or 1)

Disconnect the battery negative terminal and A3,

short circuit A3-2 to A3-3 (main harness side)
using SST 09232-13130-71, reconnect the
battery negative terminal, and turn the ignition
key switch ON.

Check the STS value with an analyzer while

1**
operating the steering. Steering angle sensor defect
ANL.: I/O STEERING 1/1

0**

Inspection 1: NG
Main harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Disconnect the battery negative terminal and A3,

reconnect the battery negative terminal, and turn
the ignition key switch ON.

Check the STS value with an analyzer while

0**
operating the steering. Steering angle sensor defect
ANL.: I/O STEERING 1/1

1**

Inspection 2: NG
Main harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

19-102

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
Standard:
A21-14 ~ A21-5 Continuity

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
Standard:
A21-14 ~ A21-5 No continuity
A21-14 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-103

Error code 72-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A3 and
A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, turn Connector contact defect
the ignition key switch ON, operate (rotate) the
steering and check whether or not there is an
error.
Error

Check the STS value with an analyzer while

*1*
operating the steering.
ANL.: I/O STEERING 1/1

*0*
(* is 0 or 1)

Disconnect the battery negative terminal and A3,

short circuit A3-2 to A3-4 (main harness side)
using SST 09232-13130-71, reconnect the
battery negative terminal, and turn the ignition
key switch ON.

Check the STS value with an analyzer while

*1*
operating the steering. Steering angle sensor defect
ANL.: I/O STEERING 1/1

*0*

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Main harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Disconnect the battery negative terminal and A3,

reconnect the battery negative terminal, and turn
the ignition key switch ON.

Check the STS value with an analyzer while

*0*
operating the steering. Steering angle sensor defect
ANL.: I/O STEERING 1/1

*1*

Inspection 2: NG
Main harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

19-104

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
Standard:
A21-15 ~ A21-5 Continuity

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
Standard:
A21-15 ~ A21-5 No continuity
A21-15 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-105

Error code 72-3

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A3 and
A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all
No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, turn Connector contact defect
the ignition key switch ON, operate the steering
(one or more rotations) and check whether or not
there is an error.
Error

Check the STS value with an analyzer while

**1
operating the steering.
ANL.: I/O STEERING 1/1

**0
(* is 0 or 1)

Disconnect the battery negative terminal and A3,

short circuit A3-2 to A3-5 (main harness side)
using SST 09232-13130-71, reconnect the
battery negative terminal, and turn the ignition
key switch ON.

Check the STS value with an analyzer while

**1
operating the steering. Steering angle sensor defect
ANL.: I/O STEERING 1/1

**0

Inspection 1: NG
Main harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Disconnect the battery negative terminal and A3,

reconnect the battery negative terminal, and turn
the ignition key switch ON.

Check the STS value with an analyzer while

**0
operating the steering. Steering angle sensor defect
ANL.: I/O STEERING 1/1

**1

Inspection 1: NG
Main harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

19-106

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
Standard:
A21-16 ~ A21-5 Continuity

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21
Standard:
A21-16 ~ A21-5 No continuity
A21-16 ~ Frame No continuity

Error code 72-4

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A3
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON, operate (rotate)
the steering and check whether or not there is an
error.
Error
Battery voltage
Inspection 1: (approx. 12 V) Disconnect the battery negative terminal and A3,
Steering angle sensor supply voltage inspection reconnect the battery negative terminal, and turn
the ignition key switch ON.
Approx. 0 V

To troubleshooting for 72-1 and 72-2

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Main harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out steering angle sensor supply voltage inspection.
Standard:
A3-1 ~ A3-2 Battery voltage (approx. 12 V)
 19-107

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A3 and A21
Standard:
A21-1 ~ A3-1 Continuity
A21-2 ~ A3-1 Continuity
A21-5 ~ A3-2 Continuity
19-108

z Error code 73-1 (Knob position compensation solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A20 A5
6 (STRG) 1
Knob position
SAS/OPS 9 (E02) 2 compensation
controller
8 (E01)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Harness defect
e Knob position compensation solenoid defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code 73-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A5
and A20 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (start the engine)
and check whether or not there is an error.*
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Knob position compensation solenoid defect
Knob position compensation solenoid individual
inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

*: Make sure that no error is displayed when turning the knob position compensation solenoid ON/OFF using the
active test function.

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A5 and A20
Standard:
A20-6 ~ A5-1 Continuity
A5-2 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-8 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-9 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-6 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-109

Inspection 2:
Carry out knob position compensation solenoid individual inspection. 2 1
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A5
Standard: (Solenoid side) A5

A5-1 ~ A5-2 Approx.10 Ω (20°C)

19-110

z Error code 74-1 (Outside matching value range abnormality)

Related portion

SAS/OPS controller

Probable cause
c Tire alignment value is outside the specified range for matching.
Error code 74-1

Perform tire alignment.

(Refer to section 16)

Error

Controller defect
 19-111

z Error code A5-1 (Seat switch abnormality)

Related portion

A20 Y10
35 (DMS) 2
SAS/OPS
1 (E3) 1 Seat switch
controller

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Seat switch defect
e Harness defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Note:
The controller is monitoring ON/OFF status of seat switch even after the key switch is turned off. While 15
minutes after turned the key switch off, if none of OFF condition on seat switch is detected, the error is
stored temporarily in some cases. Then it is shown at the timing when the key switch is turned on at the next
time as the seat switch abnormality error.
The detected error can be cancelled when OFF status of the seat switch is deteced for approx., 1 second or
more.
Error code A5-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then

No error
inspect and repair disconnection of A20 and Y10 Connector contact defect
and any internal moisture.*

Error

Inspection 1:
NG
Check the condition of the switch Seat switch defect
ANL.: I/O M.HANDLING 1/6

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

*: After correcting, connect the connector and turn the ignition key switch OFF → ON (at least 2 seconds) → OFF.
Make sure that no error is displayed when the ignition key is turned ON after leaving the vehicle with the seat
empty for 15 minutes.
19-112

Inspection 1:
Check the condition of the switch.
Disconnect Y10, ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
Seat switch (I/O monitor: SEAT)
Standard:
SEAT 0

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20 and Y10
Standard:
A20-35 ~ A20-1 No continuity
A20-35 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-113

z Error code A7-1 (Brake switch abnormality)

Related portion

STOP

A20 A6
1
Brake
SAS/OPS 17 (BSW) 2 switch
controller

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Brake switch defect
e Harness defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code A7-1

Disconnect the battery negative

terminal, then inspect and repair No error
disconnection of A20 and A6 and Connector contact defect
any internal moisture.*

Error

Inspection 1: Inspection 2:
NG NG
Check the condition of the switch Harness continuity and short circuit Harness defect
ANL.: I/O TRAVELING 1/3 inspection

OK OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 3:
Individual continuity inspection of NG
the brake switch (removed from Brake switch installation defect
the vehicle)

OK

Brake switch defect

*: After correcting, connect the connector and turn the ignition key switch OFF → ON (at least 2 seconds) → OFF.
Make sure that no error is displayed when the ignition key is turned ON after leaving the vehicle with the seat
empty for 15 minutes.

Inspection 1:
Check the condition of the switch.
Disconnect A6, ignition key switch ON, engine stopped
Brake switch (I/O monitor: BRKSW)
Standard:
BRKSW 0
19-114

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A6 and A20
Standard:
A20-17 ~ BATT No continuity

Inspection 3:
Carry out individual continuity inspection of the brake switch (removed from the vehicle).
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A6
Standard: (Switch side) 1 2
Switch OFF Switch ON
A6
A6-1 ~ A6-2 No continuity Continuity
 19-115

z Error codes AD-1, AD-2, AD-7, AD-8 (4Y-E spec.) (CAN communication abnormality)
Related portion
A21
ECU-B
8 (BATT)
1 (IG) ECU-IG Q2
2 (IG2) 2 (IG)
SAS/OPS
controller A20
12 (CANH) 5 (CANH) Multi-function
13 (CANL) 6 (CANL) display
3 (E1)

A36
28 (CAN+)
29 (CAN-)

EFI 3 (BATT) Engine

controller
IGN
9 (IGSW)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect g Engine controller defect
d Engine controller harness defect h Multifunction display defect
e Multifunction display harness defect i SAS/OPS controller defect
f Fuse defect
Note:
When the controller or optional display is replaced into another vehicle with different specifications, AD-1
and AD-7 may occur. In such cases, perform "Engine and display ECU information clear".
Error codes AD-1, AD-2, AD-7, AD-8

Disconnect the negative terminal of the battery NG

and inspect the fuses. Fuse defect

OK

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
No error
correcting disconnection of A20, A21, A36 and
Connector contact defect
Q2 and internal moisture, reconnect all
connectors and the battery negative terminal,
turn the ignition key switch ON and check
whether or not there is an error.*
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect (AD-1)

Multifunction display defect (AD-7)
SAS/OPS controller defect (AD-8)
SAS/OPS controller or
engine controller defect (AD-2)
19-116

*: It is not necessary to inspect A36 when AD-1 and AD-2 have not occurred, and Q2 when AD-7 and AD-8 have not
occurred.

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect Q2 (unnecessary if AD-7 and AD-8 have not occurred), A20, A21 and A36
(unnecessary if AD-1 and AD-2 have not occured)
Standard:
A21-8 ~ ECU-B Continuity
A21-1 ~ ECU-IG Continuity
A21-2 ~ ECU-IG Continuity
Q2-2 ~ ECU-IG Continuity
A20-12 ~ Q2-5 Continuity
A20-13 ~ Q2-6 Continuity
A20-12 ~ A36-28 Continuity
A20-13 ~ A36-29 Continuity
A20-12 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-13 ~ Frame No continuity
A36-3 ~ EFI Continuity
A36-9 ~ IGN Continuity
 19-117

z Error codes AD-1, AD-2, AD-7, AD-8 (ASC spec.) (CAN communication abnormality)
Related portion
A21
8 (BATT) ECU-B

1 (IG) ECU-IG Q2
SAS/OPS 2 (IG2) 2 (IG)
controller A20
12 (CANH) 5 (CANH) Multi-function
13 (CANL) 6 (CANL) display
3 (E1)

G39
13 (CANH)
26 (CANL)
G38
ECU-B2 1 (B) ASC
controller
IGN G39
25 (IGSW)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect g Engine controller defect
d Engine controller harness defect h Multifunction display defect
e Multifunction display harness defect i SAS/OPS controller defect
f Fuse defect
Note:
When the controller or optional display is replaced into another vehicle with different specifications, AD-1
and AD-7 may occur. In such cases, perform "Engine and display ECU information clear".
Error codes AD-1, AD-2, AD-7, AD-8

Disconnect the negative terminal of the battery NG

and inspect the fuses. Fuse defect

OK

Disconnect the battery negative terminal (for

more than 10 seconds), after inspecting and
No error
correcting disconnection of A20, A21, G38, G39
Connector contact defect
and Q2 and internal moisture, reconnect all
connectors and the battery negative terminal,
turn the ignition key switch ON and check
whether or not there is an error.*
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Engine controller defect (AD-1)

Multifunction display defect (AD-7)
SAS/OPS controller defect (AD-8)
SAS/OPS controller or
engine controller defect (AD-2)
19-118

*: It is not necessary to inspect G38 and G39 when AD-1 and AD-2 have not occurred, and Q2 when AD-7 and AD-8
have not occurred.

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect Q2 (unnecessary if AD-7 and AD-8 have not occurred), A20, A21, G38 and
G39 (unnecessary if AD-1 and AD-2 have not occured)
Standard:
A20-12 ~ Q2-5 Continuity
A20-13 ~ Q2-6 Continuity
A20-12 ~ G39-13 Continuity
A20-13 ~ G39-26 Continuity
A20-12 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-13 ~ Frame No continuity
A21-8 ~ ECU-B Continuity
A21-1 ~ ECU-IG Continuity
A21-2 ~ ECU-IG Continuity
Q2-2 ~ ECU-IG Continuity
G38-1 ~ ECU-B2 Continuity
G39-25 ~ IGN Continuity
 19-119

z Error codes AF-1, AF-2, AF-3, AF-4, AF-5, AF-6, AF-7, AF-8 (CPU abnormality)
Related portion

SAS/OPS controller

Probable cause
c SAS/OPS controller defect
Note:
When AF is displayed, the SAS/OPS controller is defective and must be replaced.
19-120

z Error codes C4-1, C4-2, C4-3, C4-4, C4-5, C4-6 (STD:4Y-E) (Accelerator sensor abnormality)
Related portion

A35 a1
25 (VCPA) 5
26 (VPA) 4
27 (EPA) 6
ASC controller Accelerator
33 (VCP2) 1 sensor
34 (VPA2) 3
35 (EPA2) 2

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Accelerator sensor defect
e Harness defect
f 4Y-E controller defect
Error codes C4-1, C4-2, C4-3, C4-4, C4-5

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A35
and a1 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (start the engine),
and check whether or not there is an error.*
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Accelerator sensor individual inspection Accelerator sensor defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

ASC controller defect

*: Make sure that no error code is displayed when the accelerator pedal is operated.
 19-121

Error code C4-5

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A35
and a1 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (start the engine)
and check whether or not there is an error.*
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Accelerator sensor defect
Accelerator sensor individual inspection

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

Inspection 3:
NG
Accelerator sensor voltage inspection Accelerator sensor defect
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 4/10

OK

ASC controller defect

*: Make sure that no error code is displayed when the accelerator pedal is operated.

Inspection 1:
Carry out accelerator sensor individual inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect a1, conenct A35
(1) Accelerator sensor resistance measurement
6 5 4 3 2 1
Standard: (Sensor side)
a1
a1-5 ~ a1-6 Approx. 1.8 ~ 3.5 kΩ
a1-1 ~ a1-2 (released)

(2) Accelerator sensor output circuit resistance measurement

Standard: (Sensor side)
a1-4 ~ a1-6 Make sure that the resistance value increases proportionally to the
a1-3 ~ a1-2 rotation of the potentiometer when the potentiometer section is rotated.
19-122

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A35 and a1
Standard:
A35-26 ~ a1-4 Continuity
A35-25 ~ a1-5 Continuity
A35-26 ~ Frame No continuity
A35-27 ~ a1-6 Continuity
A35-25 ~ A35-26 No continuity
A35-26 ~ A35-33 No continuity
A35-34 ~ a1-3 Continuity
A35-33 ~ a1-1 Continuity
A35-34 ~ Frame No continuity
A35-34 ~ A35-25 No continuity
A35-34 ~ A35-33 No continuity
A35-26 ~ A35-34 No continuity

Inspection 3:
Inspect the accelerator sensor voltage.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect a1, connect A35, ignition key switch ON
Accelerator sensor (I/O monitor: VPA1, VPA2)
Standard:
VPA1 0.20 V or less
VPA2 0.20 V or less
 19-123

z Error codes C4-1, C4-2, C4-3, C4-4, C4-5 (ASC spec.) (Accelerator sensor abnormality)
Related portion

G39 a1
19 (VCPA) 5
6 (VPA) 4
7 (EPA) 6
ASC controller Accelerator
18 (VCP2) 1 sensor
5 (VPA2) 3
17 (EPA2) 2

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Accelerator sensor defect
e Harness defect
f ASC controller defect
Error codes C4-1, C4-2, C4-3, C4-4, C4-5

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of G39
and a1 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (start the engine),
and check whether or not there is an error.*
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Accelerator sensor individual inspection Accelerator sensor defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 3: NG
Accelerator sensor voltage inspection Accelerator sensor defect
ANL: I/O ENGINE CTRL 1/3

OK

ASC controller defect

*: Make sure that no error code is displayed when the accelerator pedal is operated.
19-124

Inspection 1:
Carry out accelerator sensor individual inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect a1, conenct G39
(1) Accelerator sensor resistance measurement
6 5 4 3 2 1
Standard: (Sensor side)
a1
a1-5 ~ a1-6 Approx. 1.8 ~ 3.5 kΩ
a1-1 ~ a1-2 (released)

(2) Accelerator sensor output circuit resistance measurement

Standard: (Sensor side)
a1-4 ~ a1-6 Make sure that the resistance value increases proportionally to the
a1-3 ~ a1-2 rotation of the potentiometer when the potentiometer section is rotated.
 19-125

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect G39 and a1
Standard:
G39-6 ~ a1-4 Continuity
G39-19 ~ a1-5 Continuity
G39-6 ~ Frame No continuity
G39-7 ~ a1-6 Continuity
G39-19 ~ G39-6 No continuity
G39-6 ~ G39-18 No continuity
G39-5 ~ a1-3 Continuity
G39-18 ~ a1-1 Continuity
G39-5 ~ Frame No continuity
G39-5 ~ G39-19 No continuity
G39-5 ~ G39-18 No continuity
G39-6 ~ G39-5 No continuity

Inspection 3:
Inspect the accelerator sensor voltage.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect a1, connect G39, ignition key switch ON
Accelerator sensor (I/O monitor: VPA1, VPA2)
Standard:
VPA1 0.20 V or less
VPA2 0.20 V or less
19-126

z Error codes C7-1 and C7-2 (Shift lever switch abnormality)

Related portion

SFT

A41
6

A20
18 (DRF) 5 Shift switch

SAS/OPS
controller 19 (DRR) 1

The above chart is for vehicles of the left shift lever column specification.
For vehicles of the right shift lever column specification, A43-4, A43-5 and A43-9 should be used.
For vehicles of the armrest specification, Y4-7, Y4-6 and Y4-1 should be used.
Probable cause
c Connector contact defect f Harness defect
d Forward travel shift switch defect g Shift switch installation defect
e Reverse travel shift switch defect h SAS/OPS controller defect
Note:
In the event that the engine stops while travelling, when the ignition key switch is turned from OFF to ON, an
C7-1 error may be detected, however this is not a fault.
Stop the vehicle, turn the ignition key switch OFF and restart the engine.
 19-127

Error code C7-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A20
and A41 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (start the engine)
and check whether or not there is an error.*

Error

Inspection 1:
Check the condition of the switch
ANL.: I/O TRAVELING 2/3

OK

Inspection 2:
Individual continuity inspection of the direction NG
lever switch that was abnormal in inspection 1 Shift switch defect
(while still installed on the vehicle).

OK

Inspection 3: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

*: Check if an error occurs after turning the ignition key switch ON, moving the shift lever and traveling from stopped
state to more than 10 km/h within 3 seconds.
Error code C7-2

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A20
and A41 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (start the engine)
and check whether or not there is an error.*

Error

Inspection 4:
OK
Check the condition of the switch Shift switch defect
ANL.: I/O TRAVELING 2/3

NG

Inspection 3: OK
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

NG

SAS/OPS controller defect

*: Make sure there is no error after turning the ignition key switch ON, and move the shift lever to forward and reverse
travel.
19-128

Inspection 1:
Check the condition of the switch.
Ignition key switch ON
Direction switch (I/O monitor: DRF - DRR)
Standard:
Lever in neutral Lever in forward Lever in reverse
position travel position travel position
DRF (for forward travel) 0 1 0
DRR (for reverse travel) 0 0 1

Inspection 2:
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Individual continuity inspection of the direction lever switch(es) (still installed on the
vehicle). 1817161514131211 10

Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A41 A41

Standard: (Switch side)
Lever in neutral Lever in forward Lever in reverse
position travel position travel position
A41-6 ~ A41-5 No continuity Continuity No continuity
A41-6 ~ A41-1 No continuity No continuity Continuity

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20 and A41
Standard:
A20-18 ~ A41-5 Continuity
A20-18 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-19 ~ A41-1 Continuity
A20-19 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-18 ~ A41-6 No continuity
A20-19 ~ A41-6 No continuity
A20-18 ~ A20-19 No continuity

Inspection 4:
Check the condition of the switch.
Disconnect A41, ignition key switch ON (engine stopped), direction switch (I/O monitor: DRF·DRR)
Standard:
Analyzer display
DRF (for forward travel) 0
DRR (for reverse travel) 0
 19-129

z Error code CA-1 (Forward-reverse travel lever abnormality)

Related portion

A21
17 (RYF) 1 Forward travel
A20 2 relay
SAS/OPS 8 (E01)
controller 9 (E02)
1
Reverse travel
2 relay

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect f Reverse travel relay harness defect
d Forward travel relay harness defect g Reverse travel relay defect
e Forward travel relay defect h SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code CA-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A20
and A21 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON and check
whether or not there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Relay individual inspection Relay defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20, A21 and forward/reverse relay
Standard:
A20-17 ~ R/B forward relay terminal 1 Continuity
R/B reverse relay terminal 2 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-9 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-8 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-17 ~ Frame No continuity
19-130

Inspection 2:
Carry out relay individual inspection.

Standard: (Relay side)

Forward relay terminal 1 ~
Forward relay terminal 2 Forward/reverse relay
Approx. 90 Ω (20°C)
Reverse relay terminal 1 ~
Reverse relay terminal 2
 19-131

z Error code EC-1 (Unload solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A20 A12
5 (USOL) 1
Unload
SAS/OPS 9 (E02) 2 solenoid
controller 8 (E01)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Harness defect
e Unload solenoid defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code EC-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A12
and A20 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON (start the engine)
and check whether or not there is an error.*

Error

Inspection 1: NG
Unload solenoid defect
Unload solenoid individual inspection

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness defect
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection

OK

SAS/OPS controller defect

*: Check whether an error occurs after turning the ignition key switch ON and leaving the seat (for at least 2
seconds).

Inspection 1:
Carry out unload solenoid individual inspection.
1 2
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A12
A12
Standard: (Solenoid side)
A12-1 ~ A12-2 Approx. 10 Ω (20°C)
19-132

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20 and A12
Standard:
A20-5 ~ A12-1 Continuity
A12-2 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-8 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-9 ~ Frame Continuity
A20-5 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-133

z Error codes F1-1, F2-1 (Controller to combination meter communication abnormality)

Related portion

A20 Q1
SAS/OPS 14 (SIL) 3 (SIL2)
Combination
controller 9 (WITHOUT SAS)
N.C. meter

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Hour meter harness defect
e Hour meter defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
Error codes F1-1, F2-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnection of A20
and Q1 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON and check
whether or not there is an error.
F1-1 F2-1

Combination meter defect

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS controller or
combination meter defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A20 and Q1
Standard:
Q1-9 ~ Frame No continuity
Q1-3 ~ Frame No continuity
A20-14 ~ Q1-3 Continuity
19-134

z Error codes F4-1, F4-2, F4-3, F4-4, F4-5, F4-7, F4-8 (CPU abnormality)
Related portion

Multi-function display

Probable cause
c Multi-function display board defect
 19-135

z Error codes H1-1, H1-2, H1-3, H1-4, H1-5 (Lift lever potentiometer abnormality)
Related portion

ECU-IG

A23
7 (IG)
8 (IG2) Y6
29 (LIF+) 4
27 (LIF1) 3
SAS/OPS/ Lift lever
28 (LIF2) 2 potentiometer
mini lever
controller 26 (E2) 1
9 (E43)
10 (E44)
A21
9 (E41)
10 (E42)
3 (E11)
4 (E12)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Lift lever potentiometer harness defect
e Lift lever potentiometer defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
g Fuse defect
19-136

Error codes H1-1, H1-2, H1-3, H1-4

Disconnect the battery negative

terminal, after inspecting and
correcting disconnection of A21,
A23 and Y6 and internal moisture, No error
reconnect all connectors and the Connector contact defect
battery negative terminal, turn the
ignition key switch ON, and check
whether or not there is an error.

Error

Turn the ignition key switch OFF,

disconnect the battery negative
terminal, replace the lift lever H2-4 Inspection 1: OK
potentiometer with the tilt lever Lift lever potentiometer inspection Installation defect
potentiometer, and check if there is
any change in the error. NG

H1-*
H2-1·H2-2·H2-3
Lift lever potentiometer abnormality

Inspection 2:
NG
Harness continuity and short circuit Harness defect
inspection

OK

NG
Fuse inspection Replace fuse
OK

SAS/OPS/mini lever
controller defect
Note:
If the lever has been removed, be sure to perform matching after the lever is reinstalled.

Inspection 1:
Carry out lift lever potentiometer inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, return the lift lever potentiometer and tilt lever potentiometer to their original positions,
check lift lever potentiometer installation (refer to section 18), ignition key switch ON, match lift lever
potentiometer
 19-137

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21, A23 and Y6
Standard:
A23-29 ~ Y6-4 Continuity
A23-27 ~ Y6-3 Continuity
A23-28 ~ Y6-2 Continuity
A23-26 ~ Y6-1 Continuity
A23-27 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-28 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-29 ~ Frame No continuity

Error code H1-5

OK
Match lift lever potentiometer Matching value misalignment
NG

SAS/OPS/mini lever
controller defect
19-138

z Error codes H2-1, H2-2, H2-3, H2-4, H2-5 (Tilt lever potentiometer abnormality)
Related portion

EUC-IG

A23
7 (IG)
8 (IG2) Y5
30 (TIL+) 4
11 (TIL1) 3
SAS/OPS/ Tilt lever
12 (TIL2) 2 potentiometer
mini lever
controller 26 (E2) 1
9 (E43)
10 (E44)
A21
9 (E41)
10 (E42)
3 (E11)
4 (E12)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Tilt lever potentiometer harness defect
e Tilt lever potentiometer defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
g Fuse defect
 19-139

Error codes H2-1, H2-2, H2-3, H2-4

Disconnect the battery negative

terminal, after inspecting and
correcting disconnect of A21, A23
and Y5 and internal moisture, No error
reconnect all connectors and the Connector contact defect
battery negative terminal, turn the
ignition key switch ON, and check
whether or not there is an error.

Error

Turn the ignition key switch OFF,

disconnect the battery negative
terminal, replace the lift lever H1-4 Inspection 1: OK
potentiometer with the tilt lever Installation defect
Tilt lever potentiometer inspection
potentiometer, and check if there is
any change in the error. NG

H2-*
H1-1·H1-2·H1-3
Tilt lever potentiometer abnormality

Inspection 2:
NG
Harness continuity and short circuit Harness defect
inspection

OK

NG
Fuse inspection Replace fuse
OK

SAS/OPS/mini lever
controller defect
Note:
If the lever has been removed, be sure to perform matching after the lever is reinstalled.

Inspection 1:
Carry out tilt lever potentiometer inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, return the tilt lever potentiometer and lift lever potentiometer to their original positions,
check tilt lever potentiometer installation (refer to section 18), ignition key switch ON, match tilt lever
potentiometer
19-140

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21, A23 and Y5
Standard:
A23-30 ~ Y5-4 Continuity
A23-11 ~ Y5-3 Continuity
A23-12 ~ Y5-2 Continuity
A23-26 ~ Y5-1 Continuity
A23-11 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-12 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-30 ~ Frame No continuity

Error code H2-5

OK
Match tilt lever potentiometer Matching value misalignment
NG

SAS/OPS/mini lever
controller defect
 19-141

z Error codes H3-1, H3-2, H3-3, H3-4, H3-5 (Attachment 1 lever potentiometer abnormality)
Related portion

ECU-IG

A23
7 (IG)
8 (IG2) Y2
31 (AT1+) 4
13 (AT11) 3
Attachment 1 lever
14 (AT12) 2
potentiometer
SAS/OPS/ 26 (E2) 1
mini lever 9 (E43)
controller 10 (E44)
A21
9 (E41)
10 (E42)
3 (E11)
4 (E12)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Attachment 1 lever potentiometer harness defect
e Attachment 1 lever potentiometer defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
g Fuse defect
19-142

Error codes H3-1, H3-2, H3-3, H3-4

Disconnect the battery negative

terminal, after inspecting and
correcting disconnect of A21, A23 Error
and Y2 and internal moisture, None
reconnect all connectors and the Connector contact defect
battery negative terminal, turn the
ignition key switch ON, and check
whether or not there is an error.

Error

Turn the ignition key switch OFF,

disconnect the battery negative
terminal, replace the attachment 1 Inspection 1:
H2-4 NG
lever potentiometer with the tilt Attachment 1 lever potentiometer Installation defect
lever potentiometer, and check if inspection
there is any change in the error.
OK
H3-*

H2-1·H2-2·H2-3 Attachment 1
lever potentiometer abnormality

Inspection 2:
NG
Harness continuity and short circuit Harness defect
inspection

OK

NG
Fuse inspection Replace fuse
OK

SAS/OPS/mini lever
controller defect
Note:
If the lever has been removed, be sure to perform matching after the lever is reinstalled.

Inspection 1:
Carry out attachment 1 lever potentiometer inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, return the attachment 1 lever potentiometer and tilt lever potentiometer to their original
positions
Check attachment 1 lever potentiometer installation (refer to section 18), ignition key switch ON, match
attachment 1 lever potentiometer
 19-143

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21, A23 and Y2
Standard:
A23-31 ~ Y2-4 Continuity
A23-13 ~ Y2-3 Continuity
A23-14 ~ Y2-2 Continuity
A23-26 ~ Y2-1 Continuity
A23-13 ~ Frame No Continuity
A23-14 ~ Frame No Continuity
A23-31 ~ Frame No Continuity

Error code H3-5

OK
Match attachment 1 lever potentiometer Matching value misalignment
NG

SAS/OPS/mini lever
controller defect
19-144

z Error codes H4-1, H4-2, H4-3, H4-4, H4-5 (Attachment 2 lever potentiometer abnormality)
Related portion

ECU-IG

A23
7 (IG)
8 (IG2) Y3
32 (AT2+) 4
15 (AT21) 3
16 (AT22) 2 Attachment 2 lever
SAS/OPS/ potentiometer
mini lever 26 (E2) 1
controller 9 (E43)
10 (E44)
A21
9 (E41)
10 (E42)
3 (E11)
4 (E12)

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Attachment 2 lever potentiometer harness defect
e Attachment 2 lever potentiometer defect
f SAS/OPS controller defect
g Fuse defect
 19-145

Error codes H4-1, H4-2, H4-3, H4-4

Disconnect the battery negative

terminal, after inspecting and
correcting disconnect of A21, A23
and Y3 and internal moisture, No error
reconnect all connectors and the Connector contact defect
battery negative terminal, turn the
ignition key switch ON, and check
whether or not there is an error.
Error

Turn the ignition key switch OFF,

disconnect the battery negative
terminal, replace the attachment 1 Inspection 1:
H3-4 NG
lever potentiometer with the Attachment 2 lever potentiometer Installation defect
attachment 2 lever potentiometer, inspection
and check if there is any change in
OK
the error.
H4-*

H3-1·H3-2·H3-3 Attachment 2
lever potentiometer abnormality

Inspection 2:
NG
Harness continuity and short circuit Harness defect
inspection

OK

NG
Fuse inspection Replace fuse
OK

SAS/OPS/mini lever
controller defect

Note:
If the lever has been removed, be sure to perform matching after the lever is reinstalled.

Inspection 1:
Carry out attachment 2 lever potentiometer inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, return the attachment 2 lever potentiometer and tilt lever potentiometer to their original
positions
Check attachment 2 lever potentiometer installation (refer to section 18), ignition key switch ON, match
attachment 2 lever potentiometer
19-146

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21, A23 and Y3
Standard:
A23-32 ~ Y3-4 Continuity
A23-15 ~ Y3-3 Continuity
A23-16 ~ Y3-2 Continuity
A23-26 ~ Y3-1 Continuity
A23-15 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-16 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-32 ~ Frame No continuity

Error code H4-5

OK
Attachment 2 lever potentiometer matching Matching value misalignment
NG

SAS/OPS/mini lever
controller defect
 19-147

z Error codes H5-1 and H5-2 (Lift solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A23 A51
17 (LSO+) 5
Lift PUSH
18 (LPSH) 1 solenoid
SAS/OPS/
mini lever
controller A52
5
Lift PULL
19 (LPLL) 1 solenoid

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect f Lift PULL solenoid harness defect
d Lift PUSH solenoid harness defect g Lift PULL solenoid defect
e Lift PUSH solenoid defect h SAS/OPS/mini lever controller defect
Error codes H5-1, H5-2

H5-1 is now described. For H5-2, substitute A52 for A51 and PULL for PUSH in the following.
Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after
inspecting and correcting disconnect of A23 and
A51 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON, operate the lift
lever and check whether or not there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Lift solenoid individual inspection Lift PUSH solenoid defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS mini lever controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out lift solenoid individual inspection.
1 2 3 4
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal, disconnect A51 5 6 7 8
Standard: (Solenoid side) A51
A51-5 ~ A51-1 Approx. 7 Ω (20°C)
19-148

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
1 2 3 4
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal, disconnect A23 and A51 5 6 7 8
Standard: A52
A23-17 ~ A51-5 Continuity
A23-18 ~ A51-1 Continuity
A23-17 ~ A23-18 No continuity
A23-17 ~ A23-19 No continuity
A23-17 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-18 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-19 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-149

z Error codes H6-1 and H6-2 (Tilt solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A23 A51
1 (TSO+) 6
Tilt PUSH
2 (TPSH) 2 solenoid
SAS/OPS/
mini lever
A52
controller
6
Tilt PULL
3 (TPLL) 2 solenoid

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect f Tilt PULL solenoid harness defect
d Tilt PUSH solenoid harness defect g Tilt PULL solenoid defect
e Tilt PUSH solenoid defect h SAS/OPS/mini lever controller defect
Error codes H6-1 and H6-2

H6-1 is now described. For H6-2, substitute A52 for A51 and PULL for PUSH in the following
Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after
inspecting and correcting disconnect A23 and
A51 and internal moisture, reconnect all No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON, operate the tilt
lever and check whether or not there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Tilt solenoid individual inspection Tilt PUSH solenoid defect

OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS mini lever controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out tilt solenoid individual inspection.
1 2 3 4
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A51 5 6 7 8
Standard: (Solenoid side) A51
A51-6 ~ A51-2 Approx. 7 Ω (20°C)
19-150

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
1 2 3 4
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A23 and A51 5 6 7 8
Standard: A52
A23-1 ~ A51-6 Continuity
A23-2 ~ A51-2 Continuity
A23-1 ~ A23-2 No continuity
A23-1 ~ A23-3 No continuity
A23-1 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-2 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-3 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-151

z Error codes H7-1, H7-2 (Attachment 1 solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A23 A51
20 (3SO+) 7
Attachment 1
21 (3PLL) 3 PUSH solenoid
SAS/OPS/
mini lever
A52
controller
7
Attachment 1
22 (3PSH) 3 PULL solenoid

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Attachment 1 PUSH solenoid harness defect
e Attachment 1 PUSH solenoid defect
f Attachment 1 PULL solenoid harness defect
g Attachment 1 PULL solenoid defect
h SAS/OPS/ mini lever controller defect
Error codes H7-1, H7-2

H7-1 is now described. For H7-2, substitute A52 for A51 and PULL for PUSH in the following
Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after
inspecting and correcting disconnect of A23 and
A51 and internal moisture, reconnect all
No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON, operate
attachment lever 1 and check whether or not
there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG Attachment 1 PUSH

Attachment 1 solenoid individual inspection solenoid defect
OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS mini lever controller defect

19-152

Inspection 1:
Carry out attachment 1 solenoid individual inspection.
1 2 3 4
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A51 5 6 7 8
Standard: (Solenoid side) A51
A51-7 ~ A51-3 Approx. 7 Ω (20°C)

Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
1 2 3 4
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A23 and A51 5 6 7 8
Standard: A52
A23-20 ~ A51-7 Continuity
A23-21 ~ A51-3 Continuity
A23-20 ~ A23-21 No continuity
A23-20 ~ A23-22 No continuity
A23-20 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-21 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-22 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-153

z Error codes H8-1, H8-2 (Attachment 2 solenoid abnormality)

Related portion

A23 A51
4 (4SO+) 8
Attachment 2
5 (4PSH) 4 PUSH solenoid
SAS/OPS/
mini lever
A52
controller
8
Attachment 2
6 (4PLL) 4 PULL solenoid

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d Attachment 2 PUSH solenoid harness defect
e Attachment 2 PUSH solenoid defect
f Attachment 2 PULL solenoid harness defect
g Attachment 2 PULL solenoid defect
h SAS/OPS/ mini lever controller defect
Error codes H8-1, H8-2

H8-1 is now described. For H8-2, substitute A52 for A51 and PULL for PUSH in the following.

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnect of A23 and
A51 and internal moisture, reconnect all
No error
connectors and the battery negative terminal, Connector contact defect
turn the ignition key switch ON, operate
attachment lever 2 and check whether or not
there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG Attachment 2 PUSH

Attachment 2 solenoid individual inspection solenoid defect
OK

Inspection 2: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS mini lever controller defect

19-154

Inspection 1:
Carry out attachment 2 solenoid individual inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and A51
Standard: (Solenoid side) 1 2 3 4
A51-8 ~ A51-4 Approx. 7 Ω (20°C) 5 6 7 8
A51
Inspection 2:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
1 2 3 4
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A23 and A51 5 6 7 8
Standard: A52
A23-4 ~ A51-8 Continuity
A23-5 ~ A51-4 Continuity
A23-4 ~ A23-5 No continuity
A23-4 ~ A23-6 No continuity
A23-4 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-5 ~ Frame No continuity
A23-6 ~ Frame No continuity
 19-155

z Error code HA-1 (3/4-way change relay abnormality)

Related portion

ECU-IG

A21 A96
1
3/4-way change
12 (ATSO) 4 relay 1
SAS/OPS/
Mini lever A97
controller 1
3/4-way change
4 relay 2

Probable cause
c Connector contact defect
d 3/4-way change relay 1 harness defect
e 3/4-way change relay 1 defect
f 3/4-way change relay 2 harness defect
g 3/4-way change relay 2 defect
h SAS/OPS controller defect
Error code HA-1

Disconnect the battery negative terminal, after

inspecting and correcting disconnect of A21 and
internal moisture, reconnect A21 and the battery
No error
negative terminal (leave relay disconnected), 3/4-way change relay defect
turn the changeover switch to the 3-way side,
turn the ignition key switch ON, and check
whether or not there is an error.
Error

Inspection 1: NG
Harness continuity and short circuit inspection Harness defect

OK

SAS/OPS/mini lever controller defect

Inspection 1:
Inspect for continuity and short circuiting of the harness.
Ignition key switch OFF, disconnect A21 and change relay
Standard:
A21-12 ~ Relay terminal 1-4 Continuity
A21-12 ~ Relay terminal 2-4 Continuity
A21-12 ~ Frame No continuity
19-156

TROUBLESHOOTING WHEN THERE IS NO ERROR CODE

4Y-E Engine List by Symptom
Symptom Portion to be inspected Page for reference
1. Starter relay and starter 19-157
Does not crank
2. Neutral start switch –
1. ECU power supply system 19-159

Cannot start 2. Igniter system 19-44

(no starting combustion) 3. Fuel pump circuit 19-161
4. Fuel injector Refer to engine repair manual
1. Fuel pump circuit 19-161
Cannot start
2. Igniter system 19-44
(no complete combustion)
3. Fuel injector Refer to engine repair manual
1. Electronic throttle Refer to engine repair manual
2. Fuel pump circuit 19-161
3. Igniter system 19-44
Does not start well
4. Spark plugs Refer to engine repair manual
5. Fuel injector Refer to engine repair manual
6. Compression Refer to engine repair manual
Fast idling rough 1. Electronic throttle Refer to engine repair manual
1. Electronic throttle Refer to engine repair manual
Idle speed high 2. ECU power supply system 19-159
3. Neutral start switch –
1. Electronic throttle Refer to engine repair manual
2. Fuel injector Refer to engine repair manual
Idle speed low 3. Igniter system 19-44
4. Compression Refer to engine repair manual
5. Fuel pump circuit 19-161
1. Electronic throttle Refer to engine repair manual
Idle unstable 2. ECU power supply system 19-159
3. Fuel pump circuit 19-161
1. Fuel injector Refer to engine repair manual
Hunting 2. Fuel pump circuit 19-161
3. Igniter system 19-44
1. Igniter system 19-44
Hesitation, poor acceleration 2. Spark plugs Refer to engine repair manual
3. Fuel injector Refer to engine repair manual
1. Fuel pump circuit 19-161
After fire 2. Spark plugs Refer to engine repair manual
3. Fuel injector Refer to engine repair manual
Engine stalling 1. Fuel pump circuit 19-161
(immediately after start up)

Engine stalling 1. Fuel injector Refer to engine repair manual

(immediately after deceleration) 2. Engine control computer –
 19-157

z Starter relay and starter

Related portion

STA
5 3
Starter
1 2

to meter-related circuit Starter relay

ST

Ignition switch Neutral switch

G27-24 (STA)

Engine controller

Probable cause
c Neutral switch defect
d Starter relay defect
e Starter defect
f Wire harness, connector defect
Inspection 1:
OK Neutral switch defect
Starter signal inspection
ANL.: I/O ENGINE CTRL 1/10 Starter relay defect

NG

Inspection 2: OK
Wire harness and connector inspection Starter defect

NG

Wire harness, connector defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out starter signal inspection.
Ignition key switch ON
Starter signal (I/O motor: STA)
Standard:
Starter stopped Starter in operation
STA 0 1
19-158

Inspection 2:
Carry out wire harness inspection.
Ignition key switch OFF, remove the starter relay, crank the engine and check voltage
Standard:
Relay terminal 1 ~ frame 9 ~ 14 V
Relay terminal 2 ~ frame 0V
Relay terminal 3 ~ frame 0V
Relay terminal 5 ~ frame 9 ~ 14 V
 19-159

z ECU power supply system

Related portion

A36 G27
IGN
9 (IGSW)
3 (BATT) 3 (E1)

EFI Engine G28

5 3 1 (+B) controller 2 (E01)
2 (+B1)
1 2 19 (MREL) 1 (E02)

EFI main relay

Probable cause
c Blown fuse
d EFI main relay defect
e Wire harness, connector defect
Inspection 1: NG
EFI and IGN fuse inspection Replace fuse

OK

Inspection 2: NG
EFI main relay operation and continuity EFI main relay defect
inspection
OK

Inspection 3: NG
Harness continuity inspection Wire harness, connector defect

OK

Engine controller defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out a fuse continuity inspection.
Remove the EFI fuse and IGN fuse.
Standard: Continuity exists.
19-160

Inspection 2:
Inspect the EFI main relay.
(1) Inspect the EFI main relay operation.
Ignition key switch ON, operate the EFI main relay
Standard:
The EFI main relay makes an operating sound in coordination with the ignition key switch.
(2) Inspect for continuity between each of the terminals of the relay.
Ignition key switch OFF, remove the EFI main relay
Standard:
Relay terminals 1 ~ 2 Continuity EFI main
Relay terminals 3 ~ 5 No continuity relay

(3) Inspect for continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5 when the battery voltage is applied
accross terminals 1 to 2.
Standard: Continuity exists.

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity of the wire harness.
Ignition key switch OFF
Standard:
IGN ~ A36-9 Continuity
A39-19 ~ EFI main relay (2) Continuity
EFI main relay (1) ~ frame Continuity
EFI main relay (3) ~ A36-1 Continuity
EFI main relay (3) ~ A36-2 Continuity
EFI ~ A36-3 Continuity
G28-2 ~ frame Continuity
G28-1 ~ frame Continuity
G27-3 ~ frame Continuity
 19-161

z Fuel pump control system

Related portion

G28 Fuel changeover switch

14 (GAS) 6 (GAS) T6
4 (IG) 3 5
13 (LPG) 3 (SOL)
Engine 1 2
controller
5 3 EFI main relay
22 (FC) 1 2 4 O2
Fuel pump
Circuit
opening 5
relay

Probable cause
c Blown fuse
d EFI main relay defect
e Wire harness, connector defect
f Fuel pump defect
Inspection 1: NG
Fuse inspection Replace fuse

OK

Inspection 2: NG
EFI main relay operation and continuity inspection EFI main relay defect

OK

Inspection 3: NG
Harness continuity inspection Wire harness, connector defect

OK

Fuel pump defect

Inspection 1:
Carry out a fuse continuity inspection.
Remove the EFI fuse and IGN fuse.
Standard: Continuity exists.
19-162

Inspection 2:
Inspect the EFI main relay.
(1) Inspect the EFI main relay operation.
Ignition key switch ON, inspect the operation of the EFI main relay
Standard: The EFI main relay makes an operating sound in coordination with the ignition key switch
(2) Inspect for continuity between each of the terminals of the relay
Ignition key switch OFF, remove EFI main relay
Standard:
Relay terminals 1 ~ 2 Continuity EFI main
Relay terminals 3 ~ 5 No continuity relay

(3) Inspect for continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5 when the battery voltage is applied
accross terminals 1 to 2.
Standard: Continuity exists

Inspection 3:
Inspect for continuity of the wire harness.
Ignition key switch OFF
Standard:
EFI main relay (3) ~ T6-4 Continuity
T6-6 ~ G28-14 Continuity
G28-22 ~ Circuit opening relay (1) Continuity
Circuit opening relay (2) ~ GND Continuity
T6-6 ~ Circuit opening relay (5) Continuity
Circuit opening relay (3) ~ O2-4 Continuity
O2-5 ~ GND Continuity
Defect Causes When There is No SAS/OPS Error Display
Note:
If an error code or wrench lamp is flashing, repair it first.
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Brake switch unit:
Open fault
(Stuck in depressed state, or
internal damage) ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Brake switch line:
Engine is always slow to rev up. Disconnection fault
(Even with the direction lever left in F (Harness, connector, fuse)
or R position and the brake applied, Accelerator sensor unit:
the engine is still slow to rev up) Internal damage Accelerator pedal position check:
If not close to 0%, installation check or
Accelerator sensor installation: Check the opening degree of the
replace sensor.
Link, installation part destroyed, accelerator pedal when not operated.
damaged
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Travel and load Controller defect
handing control Lift raise switch unit:
(ASC) Open fault
(Switch mounted incorrectly,
internal damage, stuck)
Lift raise switch line:
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Even if the lift is raised, the idle speed Switch ground line:
does not rise. Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Display setting:
Check settings with option set and
Lift idle up disabled, Idle up speed Change
tuning
tuning value low
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
19-163
 Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Load sensor unit:
19-164

Sensor defect
Load sensor line
Load sensor voltage check:
(Power supply, signal, ground): If there is no change, perform a
Mount a load, ground the forks and
Disconnection fault harness check or replace the sensor.
check the change in voltage.
(Harness, connector)
Speed limit applies at high lifting height Short or link fault
despite not being loaded (Harness, connector)
Check the setting content of the
Display setting:
maximum speed limiter, check the
Maximum speed limiter, Change
setting content of the speed limit
Speed limit setting enabled
setting.
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Travel and load
Load sensor unit:
handing control
Sensor defect
(ASC)
Load sensor line
Load sensor voltage check:
(Power supply, signal, ground): If there is no change, perform a
Mount a load, ground the forks and
Disconnection fault harness check or replace the sensor.
check the change in voltage.
(Harness, connector)
Short or link fault
Despite being loaded (Harness, connector)
at high lifting height the speed limit Lifting height switch unit:
does not operate. Disconnection fault (internal damage, ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace sensor
stuck)
Display setting:
Traveling limit setting disabled Check setting values with option set Change
Load sensing speed limit disabled
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
 Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Lifting height switch unit:
Disconnection fault ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
(Internal damage, stuck)
Check the setting content of the
Speed limit applies when loaded Display setting:
maximum speed limiter, check the
despite being at a low lifting height Maximum speed limiter, speed limiter Change
setting content of the speed limit
setting enabled
Travel and load setting.
handing control SAS/OPS/mini lever controller:
– Replace
(ASC) Controller defect
Check the setting content of the
Display setting:
maximum speed limiter, check the
Maximum speed limiter, speed limiter Change
Speed limit applies at all times setting content of the speed limit
setting enabled
regardless of lifting height or load setting.
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Buzzer unit:
Buzzer defect
Buzzer harness line
– Harness check or replace buzzer
(Lead-in side):
Buzzer sounds constantly Ground short or link fault
(Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Buzzer unit:
Buzzer related Buzzer defect
Buzzer harness line
– Harness check or replace buzzer
(Power supply side, lead-in side):
Disconnection fault
OPS leaving seat warning does not (Harness, connector)
sound.
Display setting:
OPS leaving seat notification buzzer Check setting values with option set Change
setting disabled
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
19-165
 Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Buzzer unit:
19-166

Buzzer defect
Buzzer harness line
– Harness check or replace buzzer
(Power supply side, lead-in side):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Direction lever unit:
Traveling OPS return to neutral alarm Lever defect
does not sound. Refer to "Traveling OPS does not Refer to "Traveling OPS does not
Direction lever signal:
operate, cannot travel". operate, cannot travel".
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Vehicle spec. setting:
Check setting values with option set. Change
USA specification enabled
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Buzzer related
Buzzer unit:
Buzzer defect
Buzzer harness line
– Harness check or replace buzzer
(Power supply side, lead-in side):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
For cowl lever vehicles: Lowering lever switch: Refer to “Cowl lever vehicles: cannot
Material handling OPS return to Lever defect lower lift”.
Refer to “Cowl lever vehicles: cannot
neutral alarm does not sound. Lowering lever signal: *: The material handling OPS return to
lower lift”.
Disconnection fault neutral is only a function for the
(Harness, connector) lowering lever on cowl lever vehicles.
Vehicle spec. setting:
Check setting values with option set. Change
USA specification enabled
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
 Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Buzzer unit:
Buzzer defect
Buzzer harness line
– Harness check or replace buzzer
(Power supply side, lead-in side):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Material handling lever potentiometer
unit: If there is no change, perform a
For mini lever vehicles: Lever defect Material handling lever potentiometer harness check or replace the
Material handling OPS return to Material handling lever line voltage check: potentiometer
neutral alarm does not sound. (Power supply, signal, ground): Move the lever into forward and If none of the material handling levers
Disconnection fault reverse tilt positions and check the move, refer to “Cowl lever vehicles,
(Harness, connector) voltage change. mini lever vehicles: cannot perform
Short or link fault any material handling”.
(Harness, connector)
Vehicle spec. setting:
Check setting values with option set Change
USA specification enabled
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Buzzer unit:
Buzzer related Buzzer defect
Buzzer harness line – Harness check or replace buzzer
(Power supply side, lead-in side):
Fault (Harness, connector)
Parking brake switch unit:
Short fault
(stuck, internal damage)
If there is no change, perform an
Parking brake detection mechanism:
ON/OFF check with analyzer. installation check, harness check, or
Always short
Vehicles with multi display, multi replace the switch.
Parking brake line:
display DX:
Short fault
Parking brake reminder alarm does
(Harness, connector)
not sound.
Display setting:
Parking brake reminder alarm setting Check setting values with option set Change
disabled.
SAS/OPS controller setting:
– Follow matching procedure to match.
Not matched
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Brake fluid (with OK monitor):
– Add brake fluid
Low brake fluid level
19-167
 Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Parking brake switch unit:
19-168

Open fault
(Stuck in released state, internal
Vehicles with multi display, multi damage) If there is no change, perform an
display DX: Parking brake detection mechanism: ON/OFF check with analyzer installation check, harness check, or
Parking brake reminder alarm Always released replace the switch.
continues to sound even after the Parking brake line:
parking brake has been depressed. Open fault
(Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Buzzer unit:
Buzzer defect
Buzzer harness line – Harness check or replace buzzer
(Power supply side, lead-in side):
Vehicles with multi display, multi Fault (Harness, connector)
Buzzer related display DX:
Vehicle speed sensor unit:
Parking brake return reminder alarm Check sensor voltage and vehicle
Cannot detect low speed
does not sound. speed with the analyzer
(Internal damage) If there is no change, perform an
* First perform a “Parking brake * With the parking brake not returned,
Vehicle speed sensor line installation check or replace the
reminder alarm does not sound” even when the accelerator pedal is
(SPD+ side, SPD- side): sensor.
check. depressed, the alarm only sounds at
Link fault
speeds above 2 km/h.
(Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Meter unit (with OK monitor):
– Replace
Vehicles with multi display, multi Meter defect
display DX: Brake fluid (with OK monitor):
– Add brake fluid
Parking brake return reminder alarm Low brake fluid level
sounds on traveling. SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Load indicator switch unit:
Open fault (Internal damage)
Load indicator switch detection
mechanism (Mini lever, joystick):
Vehicles with multi display DX: If there is no change, perform an
Detection part gap adjustment defect
When the load indicator switch is ON/OFF check with analyzer installation check, harness check, or
Load indicator switch line
pressed, the load is not displayed. replace the switch (lever).
(Power supply, signal, ground):
Open fault
(Power supply, harness,
connector)
Load indicator switch unit:
Short fault (Internal damage)
Vehicles with multi display DX: Load indicator switch detection
Display If there is no change, perform an
When the vehicle is stopped, the mechanism (Mini lever, joystick):
function ON/OFF check with analyzer installation check, harness check, or
display continually shows load Detection part gap adjustment defect
replace the switch (lever).
indicator. Load indicator switch line (Signal):
Short fault
(Harness, connector)
Follow the procedure for matching,
Carry out rematching and check
and rematch (cylinder bore, number of
operation
cylinders, 0 point correction)
Load sensor voltage check:
Display setting: In cases where precision is required,
Vehicles with multi display DX: Mount a load, ground the forks and
Cylinder bore, number of cylinders, 0 adjust on the load indicator matching
The correct load is not displayed. check the change in voltage
point correction, calibration LOAD COMPENSATION screen.
* At high lifting height, correct load
If there is no change during the voltage
cannot be calculated and the display
check, perform a harness check or
flashes.
replace the sensor.
19-169
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Torque converter oil temperature
19-170

sensor unit:
Open fault (Internal damage)
Torque converter oil temperature
Vehicles with multi display, multi
sensor line (Signal, ground): Start the engine and after leaving the
display DX: Harness check or replace sensor, or
Disconnection fault vehicle running for a while, check the
Torque converter oil temperature replace SAS/OPS controller
(Harness, connector) indicator.
indicator stays at level 1.
+B short fault
(Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
Controller defect
Torque converter oil temperature
Display sensor unit:
function Vehicles with multi display, multi Short fault (Internal damage)
display DX: Torque converter oil temperature Stop the engine and after leaving the
Harness check or replace sensor, or
Torque converter oil temperature sensor line (Signal): vehicle stopped for a while, check the
replace SAS/OPS controller
indicator continually displays Ground short fault indicatior.
overheat warning indication. (Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
Controller defect
If the TEMPGAUGE is set to NO on
Display setting:
Vehicles with multi display, multi Check that the TEMPGAUGE on the the option set screen, change it to
Torque converter oil temperature
display DX: option set screen is set to YES, and YES, and if MTC on the analyzer I/O
emergency setting enabled
Torque converter oil temperature that the MTC on the analyzer I/O OTHERS screen is set to 1, perform a
SAS/OPS controller:
indicator does not display. OTHERS screen is set to 0. harness check or replace the SAS/
Controller defect (MTC line short)
OPS controller.
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Tire unit:
Burst, tire pressure adjustment – Adjust or replace
defect
Lock cylinder unit:
Leak, cannot lock
(Internal damage) Check the locked status with an active
Replace
Lock cylinder locked status: test.
Installation part damaged or
destroyed
Load sensor unit:
Sensor defect
Load sensor line
Load sensor voltage check: If there is no change, perform an
(Power supply, signal, ground):
Peform lift relief and check the installation check or replace the
Disconnection fault
change in voltage. sensor.
(Harness, connector)
Short or leak fault
Feels unstable when traveling. (Harness, connector)
Swing lock (Traveling lock has become difficult or Lifting height switch unit:
no longer possible) Disconnection fault ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
(Internal damage, stuck)
Yaw rate sensor unit:
Reduced sensitivity, voltage stuck Yaw rate sensor voltage check:
(Internal damage) Check that the voltage is
Installation check or replace sensor
Yaw rate sensor line (Signal): approximately 2.2 to 2.8 V when the
Leak vehicle is stopped.
(Harness, connector)
Vehicle speed sensor unit:
Cannot detect low speeds
(Internal damage) If there is no change, perform an
Check sensor voltage and vehicle
Vehicle speed sensor line installation check or replace the
speed with the analyzer
(SPD+ side, SPD- side): sensor.
Leak fault
(Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
19-171
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Lock cylinder unit: Check the locked status with an active
Replace
19-172

Lock stuck (internal damage) test.

Swing lock solenoid line (SWN+,
SWN-):
Disconnection fault
Check the locked status with an active
(Harness, connector) Harness check or replace solenoid
test.
Solenoid ground line (E01, E02):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Load sensor unit:
Sensor defect
Swing lock continually activates while Load sensor line
Load sensor voltage check: If there is no change, perform an
traveling and material handling (Power supply, signal, ground):
Swing lock Peform lift relief and check that the installation check or replace the
operations, or swing lock activates Disconnection fault
voltage rises. sensor.
frequently. (Harness, connector)
Short or leak fault
(Harness, connector)
Lifting height switch unit:
Disconnection fault (internal damage, ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
stuck)
Yaw rate sensor voltage check:
Yaw rate sensor unit:
Check that the voltage is
Reduced sensitivity Installation check or replace sensor
approximately 2.2 to 2.8 V when the
(Internal damage)
vehicle is stopped.
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Tilt angle sensor unit:
Tilt angle sensor voltage check:
Sensor defect If there is no change, perform an
Tilt to forward and backward tilt
Tilt angle sensor installation: installation check or replace the
positions and check the voltage
Link, installation part destroyed, sensor.
change.
damaged
Horizontal matching value for tilt angle
sensor: Follow matching procedure to
–
Does not match actual status rematch.
(rematch)
Automatic fork leveling switch unit:
Open fault (internal damage)
Forward tilt automatic fork leveling Automatic fork leveling switch
does not stop. detection mechanism (mini lever,
Tilt control (Continues to tilt to the forward most joystick):
tilt position without stopping at the ON/OFF check with analyzer. Harness check or replace switch
Detection part gap adjustment defect
level position) Automatic fork leveling switch line
(Power supply, signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
C/V tilt control valve: Turn the tilt solenoid OFF and operate If forward tilt can be performed,
Stuck (internal damage) to forward tilt using an active test. replace the C/V tilt control valve.
Display setting (mini lever, joy stick):
3/4 way change over specification is Check the option set content. Change
set to 2/3 way change over setting
AS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
19-173
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Load sensor unit:
19-174

Sensor defect
Load sensor line
Load sensor voltage check: If there is no change, perform an
(Power supply, signal, ground):
Peform lift relief and check that the installation check or replace the
Disconnection fault
voltage rises. sensor.
(Harness, connector)
Short or leak fault
(Harness, connector)
Load sensor no-load matching value:
Follow matching procedure to
Forward tilt automatic fork leveling Does not match actual status –
rematch.
does not stop. (rematch)
Tilt control
(Stops at a position slightly off the level Tilt angle sensor unit:
Tilt angle sensor voltage check:
position) Sensor defect If there is no change, perform an
Tilt to forward and backward tilt
Tilt angle sensor installation: installation check or replace the
positions and check the voltage
Link, installation part destroyed, sensor.
change.
damaged
Horizontal matching value for tilt angle
sensor: Follow matching procedure to
–
Does not match actual status rematch.
(rematch)
AS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Load sensor unit:
Sensor defect
Load sensor line
Load sensor voltage check: If there is no change, perform an
(Power supply, signal, ground):
Check that the voltage rises on lift installation check or replace the
Disconnection fault
relief. sensor.
(Harness, connector)
Short or leak fault
(Harness, connector)
Load sensor no-load matching value:
Follow matching procedure to
Does not match actual status –
rematch.
(rematch)
Forward tilt automatic fork leveling
does not stop. Tilt angle sensor unit:
Tilt angle sensor voltage check:
Tilt control (Stops at the position where the Sensor defect If there is no change, perform an
Tilt to forward and backward tilt
automatic fork leveling switch is Tilt angle sensor installation: installation check or replace the
positions and check the voltage
pressed) Link, installation part destroyed, sensor.
change.
damaged
Horizontal matching value for tilt angle
sensor: Follow matching procedure to
–
Does not match actual status rematch.
(rematch)
Lifting height switch unit:
Disconnection fault (internal damage, ON/OFF check with analyzer. Harness check or replace switch
stuck)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
19-175
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Automatic fork leveling switch unit:
19-176

Open fault (internal damage)

Automatic fork leveling switch
detection mechanism (mini lever,
joystick):
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Detection part gap adjustment defect
Automatic fork leveling switch line
(Power supply, signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Mast backward tilting speed is not
limited. Turn the tilt solenoid ON/OFF and If there is no change in the backward
Tilt control C/V tilt control valve:
Or, backward tilting speed is always operate to backward tilt using an active tilting speed when ON/OFF operated,
Stuck (internal damage)
slow. test. replace the C/V tilt control valve.
Lifting height switch unit:
Disconnection fault (internal damage, ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
stuck)
Display setting
(mini lever, joystick):
Check the option set content. Change
3/4-way change over specification is
set to 2/3-way change over setting
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Tilt angle sensor unit:
Tilt angle sensor voltage check:
Sensor defect If there is no change, perform an
Tilt to forward and backward tilt
Tilt angle sensor installation: installation check or replace the
positions and check the voltage
Link, installation part destroyed, sensor.
change.
damaged
Horizontal matching value for tilt angle
sensor: Follow matching procedure to
–
Does not match actual status rematch.
(rematch)
Automatic fork leveling switch unit:
Open fault (internal damage)
Mini lever, joystick vehicles:
Automatic fork leveling switch
Backward tilt automatic fork leveling
detection mechanism (mini lever,
does not stop. (Continues to tilt to
joystick):
backward most tilt position without ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Mini lever Detection part gap adjustment defect
stopping at the level position)
function Automatic fork leveling switch line
(Power supply, signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Display setting (mini lever, joy stick)
• 3/4-way change over specification
set to 2/3-way change over setting Check the option set content Change
• Backward tilt automatic fork leveling
is deactivated.
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Mini lever, joystick vehicles: Refer to forward tilt automatic fork
Backward tilt automatic fork leveling leveling does not stop (stops at the
– –
does not stop. (Stops at a position position where the automatic leveling
slightly off the level position) switch is pressed).
19-177
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Tilt angle sensor unit:
Tilt angle sensor voltage check:
19-178

Sensor defect If there is no change, perform an

Tilt to forward and backward tilt
Tilt angle sensor installation: installation check or replace the
positions and check the voltage
Mini lever, joystick vehicles: Link, installation part destroyed, sensor.
change.
Backward tilt automatic fork leveling damaged
does not stop. (Stops at the position Horizontal matching value for tilt angle
where the automatic fork leveling sensor: Follow matching procedure to
–
switch is pressed) Does not match actual status rematch.
(rematch)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Lever change over switch unit:
Open fault (internal damage)
Mini lever Lever change over switch detection
function mechanism (mini lever):
Detection part gap adjustment defect ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Lever change over switch line
(Power supply, signal, ground):
Mini lever 3/4-way (2/3-way) change Disconnection fault
over specification: (Harness, connector)
3-way (2-way) operation even when
Lever change over relay 1 or 2 unit:
the lever change over switch is
Stuck, welding fault (internal
pressed. (Does not change over)
damage)
Check the changeover status with an
Lever change over relay 1 or 2 primary Harness check or replace relay
active test.
side line:
Disconnection fault
(wire, connector)
SAS/OPS/mini lever controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Lever change over switch unit:
Ground short fault (Internal damage)
Lever change over switch detection
mechanism (mini lever):
Detection part gap adjustment defect ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Lever change over switch line
(signal):
Ground short fault
Mini lever 3/4-way (2/3-way) change (Harness, connector)
over specification: Lever change over relay 1 or 2 unit:
4-way (3-way) continues to operate Stuck, welding fault (internal
even though the lever change over damage)
switch has been operated. (Stays Check the changeover status with an
Lever change over relay 1 or 2 primary Harness check or replace relay
changed over) active test.
side lower line:
Mini lever Ground short fault
function (wire, connector)
Display setting:
Number of attachment levers is not Check the option set content. Change
set to 5 way
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Mini lever 2/3-way change over
specification: Display setting:
During ATT1 operation and high Number of attachment levers is not Check the option set content. Change
lifting height, and when loaded, ATT1 set to 2/3-way
stops and pull-side operation is slow.
3-way (4-way) specifcation: Display setting:
Although ATT1 (ATT2) is operated, it Number of attachment levers is not Check the option set content. Change
does not work. set to 3-way (4-way)
19-179
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Tire angle sensor unit:
19-180

Sensor defect Tire angle sensor voltage check: If there is no change, perform an
Tire angle sensor installation: Operate the steering and check the installation check or replace the
Looseness of the attachment part, change in voltage. sensor.
damage, bearing housing damage
Tire angle sensor matching value:
Follow matching procedure to
Does not match actual status –
rematch.
(rematch)
Steering angle sensor unit:
Knob moves out of alignment into a Sensor defect
Knob ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace sensor
certain position. Steering angle sensor installation:
compensaiton
(More than 10° off the straight ahead Cam or steering wheel defect
control
position) Using an active test, turn the knob
compensation SOL ON and OFF and
operate the steering at the tire end.
Knob compensation valve unit: SOL ON: check that the steering
Replace
Leak, stuck, (internal damage) wheel can be turned freely.
SOL OFF: Check that the steering
wheel cannot be turned freely
(steering is heavy).
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Tire angle sensor unit:
Sensor defect Tire angle sensor voltage check: If there is no change, perform an
Tire angle sensor installation: Operate the steering and check the installation check or replace the
Looseness of the attachment part, change in voltage. sensor.
damage, bearing housing damage
Tire angle sensor matching value:
Follow matching procedure to
Does not match actual status –
rematch.
(rematch)
Steering angle sensor unit:
Sensor defect
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace sensor
Steering angle sensor installation:
Cam or steering wheel defect
Using an active test, turn the knob
compensation SOL ON and OFF and
operate the steering at the tire end.
Knob compensation valve unit: SOL ON: Check that the steering
Replace
Knob Knob position is out of alignment. Leak, stuck, (internal damage) wheel can be turned freely.
compensation (Knob position is not constant when SOL OFF: Check that the steering
control traveling straight ahead) wheel cannot be turned freely
(steering is heavy).
PS cylinder system link defect:
– Replace
Eccentric pin, kingpin defect
Vehicle speed sensor unit:
Cannot detect low speed (internal
damage)
Vehicle speed sensor installation:
High speed not detected correctly If there is no change, perform an
Check sensor voltage and vehicle
(sensor tip has metallic particle installation check or replace the
speed with the analyzer.
adhered) sensor.
Vehicle speed sensor line
(SPD+ side, SPD- side):
Leak fault
(Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
19-181
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Fuse:
19-182

ECU+B fuse blown – Check for blown fuse

ECU-IG fuse blown
Meter communication line:
Ground short
(Harness, connector)
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector) – Harness check
SAS/OPS IG line, +B line, ground
system:
Disconnection fault
Wrench lamp is lit continually.
(Harness, connector)
Battery unit:
Check battery voltage with the Keep the engine at high speed for a
Low voltage, intake heater, large
analyzer. while.
current auxiliary equipment operation
SAS/OPS controller setting: Follow matching procedure to
–
Not matched rematch.
Meter
Meter unit:
– Replace
Meter defect
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Meter power supply line:
The wrench lamp does not light even Disconnection fault – Harness check
when the ignition key switch is turned (Harness, connector)
ON. Meter unit:
– Replace
Meter defect
Hour meter start fuse:
Not connected
Hour meter start signal line: – Harness check or replace fuse
Hour meter is not displayed. Disconnection fault
(Harness, fuse)
Meter unit:
– Replace
Meter defect
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Lift lower switch unit:
Open fault
(Switch mounted incorrectly,
internal damage, stuck)
Lift lower switch line:
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Switch ground line:
Disconnection fault
For cowl lever vehicles: (Harness, connector)
Cannot lower the lift.
Using an active test, turn the lift lower
C/V lift lower lock valve If the lift cannot lower by lower
lock solenoid ON and perform lower
Stuck (internal damage) operation, replace the C/V.
operation.
Seat switch unit:
Open fault (internal damage)
Seat switch line
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
(Signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
OPS (Harness, connector)
Forward tilt switch unit:
Open fault
(Switch mounted incorrectly,
internal damage, stuck)
Forward tilt switch line:
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Switch ground line:
For cowl lever vehicles: Disconnection fault
Cannot perform forward tilt. (Harness, connector)
C/V tilt control valve Turn the tilt solenoid ON and operate If forward tilt cannot be performed,
Stuck (internal damage) to forward tilt using an active test. replace the C/V tilt control valve.
Seat switch unit:
Open fault (internal damage)
Seat switch line
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
(Signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
19-183
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Backward tilt switch unit:
19-184

Open fault
(Switch mounted incorrectly,
internal damage, stuck)
Backward tilt switch line:
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Switch ground line:
Disconnection fault
For cowl lever vehicles: (Harness, connector)
Cannot perform backward tilt.
Turn the backward tilt lock solenoid If backward tilt cannot be performed,
C/V backward tilt lock valve
ON and operate to backward tilt using replace the C/V backward tilt lock
Stuck (internal damage)
an active test. valve.
OPS Seat switch unit:
Open fault (internal damage)
Seat switch line
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
(Signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
For cowl lever vehicles:
Turn the unload valve solenoid OFF
and perform raising operation using
Cannot perform material handling C/V unload valve: an active test. If raising cannot be performed, replace
except for lift lower. Stuck (internal damage) For mini lever vehicles: the C/V unload valve.
Turn the unload valve solenoid ON
and perform raising operation using
an active test.
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
C/V tilt control valve: Turn the tilt solenoid OFF and operate If forward tilt can be performed,
Stuck (internal damage) to forward tilt using an active test. replace the C/V tilt control valve.
Turn the backward tilt lock solenoid
C/V backward tilt lock valve: If backward tilt can be performed,
OFF and operate to backward tilt using
Stuck (internal damage) replace the C/V tilt control valve.
an active test.
Using an active test, turn the lift lower
C/V lift lower lock valve: If lowering can be performed, replace
lock solenoid OFF and perform lower
Stuck (internal damage) the C/V lift lower lock valve.
operation.
For cowl lever vehicles:
Turn the unload valve solenoid ON
and perform lift raising operation
Material handling OPS does not C/V unload valve: using an active test. If raising can be performed, replace
OPS
operate. Stuck (internal damage) For mini lever vehicles: the C/V unload valve.
Turn the unload valve solenoid OFF
and perform lift raising operation
using an active test.
Seat switch unit:
Short fault (internal damage)
Seat switch line
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
(Signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
19-185
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Seat switch unit:
19-186

Open fault (internal damage)

Seat switch line
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
(Signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
For cowl lever vehicles:
Cowl lever, mini lever vehicles:
Turn the unload valve solenoid OFF
No material handling can be
and perform lift raising operation
performed.
C/V unload valve: using an active test. If raising cannot be performed, replace
Stuck (internal damage) For mini lever vehicles: the C/V unload valve.
Turn the unload valve solenoid ON
and perform lift raising operation
using an active test.
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
OPS Controller defect
Forward travel interrupt relay unit: If forward travel can be performed,
Stuck (internal damage, welded) replace the forward travel interrupt
Turn the forward and reverse travel
Reverse travel interrupt relay unit: relay.
interrupt relays ON and operate
Stuck (internal damage, welded) If reverse travel can be performed,
forward and reverse travel using an
Relay secondary side line: replace the reverse travel interrupt
active test.
Short fault relay.
(Harness, connector) Or perform a harness check.
Traveling OPS does not operate. Seat switch unit:
Open fault (internal damage)
Seat switch line
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
(Signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Fuse:
– Check for blown fuse
Shift fuse blown
Forward travel interrupt relay unit:
Open fault
If forward travel cannot be performed,
(internal damage, welded)
Turn the forward and reverse travel replace the forward travel interrupt
Reverse travel interrupt relay unit:
interrupt relays OFF and operate relay. If reverse travel cannot be
Open fault
forward and reverse travel using an performed, replace the reverse travel
(internal damage, welded)
active test. interrupt relay. Or perform a harness
Relay secondary side line:
check.
Open fault
(Harness, connector)
Seat switch unit:
OPS Cannot travel.
Open fault (internal damage)
Seat switch line
ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
(Signal, ground):
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
Direction lever unit:
Open system fault (internal damage)
Direction lever signal line: ON/OFF check with analyzer Harness check or replace switch
Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
19-187
Control type Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
Torque converter interlock relay main
19-188

unit for forward movement: Check the harnesses.

An open circuit (internal damage) If the vehicle cannot travel forward,
Torque converter interlock relay main replace the torque converter interlock
unit for backward movement: – relay for forward movement.
The vehicle cannot travel. An open circuit (internal damage) If the vehicle cannot travel backward,
Relay secondary line: replace the torque converter interlock
An open circuit relay for backward movement.
(harnesses, connectors)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace the controller.
Torque Internal damage
converter SAS/OPS controller is set: Set the controller again according to
–
interlock Option set is not set the option set procedure.
Torque converter interlock relay main
Check the harnesses.
unit for forward movement:
If the vehicle cannot travel forward,
An open circuit (internal damage)
replace the torque converter interlock
The torque converter interlock does Torque converter interlock relay main
– relay for forward movement.
not operate. unit for backward movement:
If the vehicle cannot travel backward,
An open circuit (internal damage)
replace the torque converter interlock
Relay secondary line:
relay for backward movement.
Frame short (harnesses)
SAS/OPS controller:
– Replace the controller.
Internal damage
Defect Causes When There is No ASC Error Display
Note:
If an error code or wrench lamp is flashing, repair it first.

Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action

NMR switch unit:
Switch defect
NMR switch line:
Harness check or
Disconnection fault
Occaisonally full speed is not reached ON/OFF check with analyzer replace switch, or adjust switch, adjust and
(Harness, connector)
even with the accelerator pedal fully repair mechanical parts.
NMR switch adjustment:
depressed. (NMR speed not acheived) Adjustment defect, seal bolt position
defect or some other mechanical defect
ASC controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Idle switch adjustment:
– Switch adjustment
Adjustment defect or mechanical defect
Diesel engine model:
Accelerator sensor adjustment, or, if a fault
occurs after sensor replacement, turn the
Accelerator sensor:
ignition key ON with the accelerator sensor
Sensor catching, mistake in procedure
connectors removed, in order to create an
during sensor replacement (when the
Idle speed is higher than specified speed error once.
sensor is beng replaced, if a C4 series Check accelerator sensor voltage with the
even when the accelerator pedal is not Then turn the ignition key OFF, connect
error is not created by turning the ignition analyzer.
depressed. connectors and turn the ignition key ON
key ON while the sensor connector is
Gasoline engine model:
disconnected, the fully closed position
Accelerator sensor adjustment, or, if a fault
learning value is not reset)
occurs after sensor replacement, remove
the battery plug for more than 10 seconds,
then reconnect it.
ASC controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
Drop in battery voltage:
Check battery voltage with the analyzer. Battery replacement
Battery life, intake heater, afterheat
Engine rev up is poor or slow.
ASC controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
19-189
 Phenomenon on vehicle Malfunction area · mode Checking method Corrective action
IGN, +B line:
19-190

Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector, fuse)
Check battery voltage with the analyzer. Harness check or replace fuse
GND line complete loss:
Does not rev up from idling Disconnection fault
(Harness, connector)
ASC controller:
– Replace
Controller defect
 E

WIRING DIAGRAM

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION E1

CHAPTER 2 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS AND RELAY LOCATIONS E2

CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM CIRCUITS E3

CHAPTER 4 GROUND POINTS E4

CHAPTER 5 FUSES FOR POWER SUPPLY E5

CHAPTER 6 CONNECTOR LIST E6

E
 E1-1
INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION E1

CHAPTERS OF THIS SECTION .......................................................................... E1-2

HOW TO READ CHAPTERS

Chapter 2 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS and RELAY LOCATIONS
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS .......................................................... E1-3
RELAY LOCATIONS
JUNCTION BLOCK (J/B) / RELAY BLOCK (R/B) ................................... E1-4

Chapter 3 SYSTEM CIRCUITS

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ...................................................................... E1-6
REFERENCE PAGE ................................................................................. E1-10

Chapter 4 GROUND POINTS

GROUND POINTS ................................................................................... E1-11

Chapter 5 FUSES FOR POWER SUPPLY

FUSES FOR POWER SUPPLY ................................................................ E1-11

Chapter 6 CONNECTOR LIST

CONNECTOR LIST .................................................................................. E1-12
WIRE TO WIRE....................................................................................... E1-13

ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................. E1-14

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS ........................................ E1-15

E
E1-2
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTERS OF THIS SECTION
This section consists of the following 6 chapters:

Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION Gives brief explanation of each chapter, provides instructions on how
to use this manual, and defines the abbreviations used in the electrical
circuit diagrams.

Chapter 2 ELECTRICAL WIRING Electrical wiring routings show installation positions, ground points,
ROUTINGS and connector numbers, and part names related to wire harnesses,
RELAY LOCATIONS connectors, relay blocks and junction blocks used in the forklift, such as
in the engine room, instrument panel and mast area.
Relay locations show design drawings and internal circuit diagrams
related to relays, relay blocks (R/B), junction blocks (J/B), fusible links
(F/L) and junction connectors (J/C).

Chapter 3 SYSTEM CIRCUITS Show power supply circuit diagrams and wiring diagrams for each
system, such as the engine.
(Only wiring information for complete circuits is shown.)

Chapter 4 GROUND POINTS Show related systems for each ground point.

Chapter 5 FUSES FOR POWER Show power distribution from each power supply (fuse or fusible link) to
SUPPLY various systems.

Chapter 6 CONNECTOR LIST Shows shapes and part numbers of connectors used in electrical wiring
routings and electrical wiring diagrams.
 E1-3
INTRODUCTION
HOW TO READ CHAPTERS
Chapter 2 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS and RELAY LOCATIONS
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS
Electrical wiring routings show installation positions, ground points, connector numbers, and part names related
to wire harnesses, connectors, relay blocks and junction blocks used in the forklift.
(Connector codes are the same as those used in the electrical wiring diagrams.)
E2-10 E2-11
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS

FRONT BODY
A24 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK ASSY AA FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
A25 DIAGNOSIS
A27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR AB FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
A29 CAN JOINT CONNECTOR
A30 CAN JOINT CONNECTOR AC FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
A31 CAN JOINT CONNECTOR
A32 CAN JOINT CONNECTOR AD TRANSMISSION UPPER
A33 CAN JOINT CONNECTOR
C SIDE RH A34 CAN JOINT CONNECTOR
WIRE
A37 LPG WARNING RELAY
G ENGINE WIRE
A38 LPG WARNING BUZZER
A40 BACK UP LAMP SWITCH
1 ENGINE ROOM RELAY BLOCK A42 TILT ANGLE SENSOR
A45 MATCHING CONNECTOR
A46 MATCHING CONNECTOR
A24
to E2-2 A47 SHIFT SOLENOID(2)
AC1 to E2-16
A48 SHIFT SOLENOID(2)

AA1 A54 SHIFT SOLENOID(1)

to E2-4 A57
A55 SHIFT SOLENOID(1)
A48
AC3 A37 A57 TO PUSH PULL RELAY
A40 to E2-14
A38 A65 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (A)
AG3
A46 A66 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (B)
A47 A25
AC2 D1 T/C OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
G27 ENGINE ECU
A42
A45 G28 ENGINE ECU
A54 D1
G29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (B)
AD G73 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (A)
A55
to E2-8
DA1
1A
AC 1B BODY MAIN WIRE to J/B
AB O LH SIDE WIRE
1C
AA
1D ENGINE WIRE to J/B
1E LH SIDE WIRE to J/B

J/B
D TC HEAT GAUGE WIRE
A BODY MAIN WIRE AA1 BODY MAIN WIRE to BODY MAIN WIRE
1A
G29
AC1
A65 AG1 1B
A55 AC2 BODY MAIN WIRE to SIDE RH WIRE
1C
AC3
DA1 1D AG1
A27
BODY MAIN WIRE to ENGINE WIRE
G27 1E AG3

G28 AO1
AO2 BODY MAIN WIRE to LH SIDE WIRE
AO2
AO3

A29 A34
AO1 DA1 T/C HEAT GAUGE WIRE to BODY MAIN WIRE

A30
G73
A31
A33 A32 A66
AO3

[A] Title [G] Ground point code

Indicates a location on the forklift. Indicates a ground point code.
[B] Wire harness [H] Ground point name
Indicates a wire harness name. Indicates a ground point name.
[C] Reference page for electrical wiring routing [I] Harness to harness connector
Indicates a reference page showing a wire Indicates a connector code that joins two wire
harness location when the wire harness continues harnesses.
to the different electrical wiring routing. [J] Wire harness names
[D] Junction block Indicate two wire harness names for a wire
Indicates a junction block name and a connector harness and wire harness connection.
code to be connected. [K] Part connector
[E] Junction block connector Indicates a connector code connected to a part.
Indicates a connector code connected to a [L] Part name
junction block. Indicates a part name connected to a connector.
[F] Wire harness and junction block connection
Indicates a junction block name and a wire
harness name to be connected.
E
E1-4
INTRODUCTION
RELAY LOCATIONS
Relay locations show connectors connected to junction blocks, relays, fuses and internal circuit diagrams.

E2-20 E2-21
RELAY LOCATIONS

JUNCTION BLOCK:LEFT STEP(INNER CIRCUIT SEE PAGE E2-24) 1 ENGINE ROOM R/B:ENGINE ROOM LEFT

1A
90980-12506 BLACK 1B
90980-12383 * 1:15A E-THRO (4Y-E)
18 1 7.5A ECU-B2 (1DZ, 2Z)
19 2 19 1 * 2:7.5A (1DZ, 2Z)
20 3 20 2 15A (4Y-E)
21 4 21 3 * 3:DPF RELAY (1DZ, 2Z)
22 4 SPARE 30A BLR 1 25A 2
22 5 15A (4Y-E)
23 6 23 5
7 24 6 * 3:DPF RELAY (1DZ, 2Z)
24 SPARE 7.5A STA 1 30A 2
25 8 25 7 EFI MAIN RELAY (4Y-E)
26 9 26 8 * 4:C/OPN RELAY (4Y-E)
27 10 27 9 ASC RELAY (1DZ, 2Z) HOUR MET 2 7.5A 1 RR WIP 1 20A 2
28 11 28 10 * 5:EFI (4Y-E)
29 12 29 11 DPF (1DZ, 2Z) 2 1
13 30 12 ST 7.5A FR WIP 1 20A 2
30
31 14 31 13
32 15 32 14 GAUGE 2
10A
33 16 T/C FR RELAY 33 15
1 1 2
34 17 34 16
3 1 19 35 17 *3 BACK LP 2 10A
1 18 1 18
2 20 36 18 40A AM1
5 2 19 2 19 1
3 21
3 20 3 20 SFT 2 7.5A 1
1 4 2 4 22 5 3
4 21 4 21 1C
5 23
5 22 5 22 2
6 23
6 24
6 23 90980-12320 TURN 2 7.5A 1
7 25
7 24 7 24
3 8 26 18 1
8 25 8 25 2
5 9 27 19 2 IGN 2 *2 1
9 26 9 26
10 28 20 3 3 5 HORN 1 15A 2
1 4 2 10 27 10 27
11 29 21 4
11 28 11 28 1 SPARE 15A
12 30 22 5
12 29 12 29
T/C RR RELAY 13 31 23 6 *4 CDS 1 15A 2
13 30 13 30
14 32 24 7
14 31 14 31
15 33 25 8
15 32 15 32 *5 1 15A 2
16 34 26 9
16 33 16 33 DOUBLE HORN RELAY SPARE
17 35 27 10 10A
17 34 17 34
18 36 28 11 ALT-S 1 7.5A 2
1
29 12 ECU-IG 2 10A 1
30 13 5 3
WORK LP RELAY BCON LP RELAY STOP 1 7.5A 2
31 14 2
32 16
32 15
31 15 3 3 33 16
30 14 5 5 ACC-B 1 7.5A 2
34 17
29 13 2
28 12 1 2 1 2 24 12 3 5 TAIL 1
1D 7.5A 2
27 11 23 11
26 10 22 10 90980-12308 1
25 9 1 21 9 ECU-B 1 7.5A 2
12 24 LPG MAIN RELAY
24 8 20 8
5 3 11 23
23 7 19 7
22 6 2 18 6 10 22 *1 1 2
21 5 17 5 9 21 AM2 RELAY
HORN RELAY 8 20
1E 20 4 16 4 1
19 3 2 15 3 7 19 HTR 1 15A 2
90980-12311 18 2 14 2 6 18 5 3
3 5 17
17 1 13 1 2 WORK LP 1 15A 2
16 32 4 16
1
15 31 3 15
14 30 FLASHER RELAY 2 14 HEAD 1 15A 2
13 29 1 13 2
12 28 3 5
11 27
10 26 1
1 2
9 25 ST RELAY
8 24
7 23 40A AM2
6 22
5 21
4 20
3 19
2 18
1 17

E2-24

JUNCTION BLOCK (INNER CIRCUIT) (1/3)

13 1C 1 1D

31 1A 14 1D

33 1B BCON LP RELAY 15 1D
5 3
15 1E 32 1A

1 2 16 1E
15 1B
16 1B
23 1E
28 1B
25 1E
24 1E
13 1A WORK LP RELAY
5 3
15 1C 13 1E

9 1E 31 1B
1 2
19 1B 29 1B

36 1B 10 1E

19 1E
4 4 1A
3
5 1A

1 2
8 1B 7 1A

3 1B T/C FR RELAY 13 1D

17 1B 2 1E

22 1E
4 3 1A
18 1E 3
2 1A
34 1B
1 2 1 1B
18 1D
19 1A
11 1C T/C RR RELAY
11 1E
1 3
28 1C 35 1B

26 1B 2
7 1D
22 1B
FLASHER RELAY 8 1D
24 1A
21 1E
25 1B
33 1C
23 1B
29 1C
3 1C
12 1A
4 1C
30 1C
21 1A

2 1C
 E1-5
INTRODUCTION

[A] Junction block /relay block

Indicates a junction block or relay block name, its location and a reference page for an internal circuit
diagram.
[B] Connector code and color
Indicates the code and color of a connector connected to a junction block.
[C] Connector part number
Indicates the part number of a connector.
[D] Connector shape and terminal number
Indicates a connector shape on the junction block side.
Numbers indicate terminal numbers.
[E] Connector shape and terminal number
Indicates a connector shape on the wire harness side.
Numbers indicate terminal numbers.
[F] Fuse
Indicates a fuse name and capacity.
Terminal 1 is on the primary side and terminal 2 is on the secondary side.
[G] Internal circuit diagram
Indicates an internal circuit diagram of a junction block.
[H] Connector code and terminal number
Indicates a connector code and a terminal number connected to a junction block.
 E1-6

E3-12
(BAT)
* 1: GASOLINE
* 2: LPG
15A * 3: WITH GASOLINE INDICATOR LAMP
EFI * 4: CNG

1
SYSTEM CIRCUITS

B-Y B-Y
a
LG
b
LG-R
c

O
d
R-W *1 R-W
Chapter 3 SYSTEM CIRCUITS (1)

e
*1 *2 R-L
f
R-L
g

*2
*1
*1

R-B
R-W
R-W
A 65(A),G 73(B) A 65(A),G 73(B)
JUNCTION CONNECTOR (A) 2 A JUNCTION CONNECTOR (A) 7 A 12 B 10 B
R-L
R-L

R-W
(LPG)
6 A 2 B 1 B 6 B 5 B 1 A 8 A
9 8 7

Y
Y
Y

*1
*2
*1
R-B
R-W

R-B
R-B
7 GK1 *2 4 AC3 3 AC3 1 2 3 4 5 6
8 GK1 7 GK2 *4

(GASOLINE)
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A 66
*1

*1
connections from fuses to ground points of each system.

R-B
R-L
R-B
R-L
R-L
R-L
R-L

R-W
(GASOLINE)

12 1D

Y
Y
*2

*2
*4
1 TC2 2 TC2

Y-B
R-B
INTRODUCTION

1 A *2
ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E)

1
4 1D 9 AC2
1 B *4

*3
R-B
R-B
R-W
6 3

LPG SOLENOID
(MAIN)
R-L

K 1(A)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (*1)
K 5(B)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (*2)
GAS LPG
2 2 A *2
R-L

2 B *4
IG
LPG CHANGE SWITCH
T 6

R-L
4 h

*2
*1
L-B

W-B
R-L *1 R-L
i
*1 R-L
2 GK1 6 GK1 *2 j
6 GK2 *4 *3

R-B
k

*2
*1
L-B

W-B
L-B
l
*1 R-L
m
W-B
n

GG
source circuit diagram shows the connections from the power source to fuses. A system diagram shows the
A system circuit consists of a power source circuit diagram and respective system circuit diagrams. A power
 E1-7
INTRODUCTION
[A] Section page [G] Page-to-page connection code
Indicates the page number for the section. Indicates a wire harness continues onto the
[B] System title following page from the matching code.
Indicates a system name.
[H] Harness to harness connector
[C] Part name and connector code
Indicates a part name and connector code to be Indicates a connector code that connects two wire
connected.For connector shapes, refer to chapter harnesses.
6 CONNECTOR LIST. For the connector shape, refer to chapter 6
CONNECTOR LIST.

C7 Part connector Harness to harness connector

8 Terminal number
The wire harness in which the connector is AK1

located.
Wire harness to be connected
Example: "C" indicates a connector used in
Example: "AK" means a connection of the
the C wire harness.
female connector*1 of the "A" wire and the
For wire harness names, refer to Chapter 2
male connector*2 of the "K" wire.
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS and
*1: A female connector has a female
RELAY LOCATIONS.
terminal.
Serial number allocated to the connector
*2: A male connector has a male
terminal.
D11 (A), D42 (D) Serial number of a connector
Connector number Male terminal side
Used to indicate different connectors when
multiple connectors are connected to a part,
or multiple types of connectors are used
according to specifications.

[D] Fuse
Indicates a fuse name and capacity.
Terminal 1 is on the primary side and terminal 2 is
on the secondary side.
For fuse installation positions, refer to chapter 2
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS and RELAY
LOCATIONS.
[E] Power supply information
Indicates the ignition key position when power is
supplied to a fuse.
[F] Specification information
Indicates that connectors or wire colors vary
depending on forklift models, engine types or
specifications.
 E1-8

E3-12
(BAT)
* 1: GASOLINE
* 2: LPG
15A * 3: WITH GASOLINE INDICATOR LAMP
EFI * 4: CNG

B-Y B-Y
a
LG
b
LG-R
c

O
d
R-W *1 R-W
Chapter 3 SYSTEM CIRCUITS (2)

e
*1 *2 R-L
f
R-L
g

*2
*1
*1

R-B
R-W
R-W
A 65(A),G 73(B) A 65(A),G 73(B)
JUNCTION CONNECTOR (A) 2 A JUNCTION CONNECTOR (A) 7 A 12 B 10 B
R-L
R-L

R-W
(LPG)
6 A 2 B 1 B 6 B 5 B 1 A 8 A
9 8 7

Y
Y
Y

*1
*2
*1
R-B
R-W

R-B
R-B
7 GK1 *2 4 AC3 3 AC3 1 2 3 4 5 6
8 GK1 7 GK2 *4

(GASOLINE)
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A 66
*1

*1

R-B
R-L
R-B
R-L
R-L
R-L
R-L

R-W
(GASOLINE)

12 1D

Y
Y
*2

*2
*4
1 TC2 2 TC2

Y-B
R-B
INTRODUCTION

1 A *2
ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E)

1
4 1D 9 AC2
1 B *4

*3
R-B
R-B
R-W
6 3

LPG SOLENOID
(MAIN)
R-L

K 1(A)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (*1)
K 5(B)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (*2)
GAS LPG
2 2 A *2
R-L

2 B *4
IG
LPG CHANGE SWITCH
T 6

R-L
4 h

*2
*1
L-B

W-B
R-L *1 R-L
i
*1 R-L
2 GK1 6 GK1 *2 j
6 GK2 *4 *3

R-B
k

*2
*1
L-B

W-B
L-B
l
*1 R-L
m
W-B
n

GG
 E1-9
INTRODUCTION
[I] Terminal number [L] Wire color
Indicates a terminal number of a connector to be Indicates a wire harness color.
connected. When two alphabetical codes are indicated, for
[J] Junction block connector example "W-B", the first letter indicates the basic
Indicates a connector code connected to a wire color and the second letter indicates the color
junction block. of the stripe.
F o r a c o n n e c t o r s h a p e , r e f e r t o c h a p t e r 2 Code Wire Color Code Wire Color Code Wire Color
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS and RELAY SB Sky Blue
B Black L Blue
LOCATIONS.
BR Brown LG Light Green V Violet
Junction block connector DG Dark Gray O Orange W White
Inside of a junction block Y Yellow
G Green P Pink
Junction block type GR Gray R Red AM Amber
Serial number allocated to the connector.
Example: "1B" indicates connector B in the
center junction block. Example : W-B W B
Terminal number (White) (Black)
A number inside indicates a relay block or [M] Switch
fuse block. Circuit diagrams are shown with the switches in
For shapes, refer to chapter 2 ELECTRICAL the OFF position.
WIRING ROUTINGS and RELAY LOCATIONS. For switch operation conditions, refer to the repair
manual.
[K] Ground point code
Indicates a ground point code.
For ground point positions, refer to chapter 2
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTINGS and RELAY
LOCATIONS.

Ground point code

Wire harness connected to the ground point
A ground point is indicated by an alphabetical
code.
Example: "MJ" indicates that the M wire
harness is grounded at point J.
E1-10
INTRODUCTION
REFERENCE PAGE

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 20 E2-8 G 7 E2-2 G 21 E2-2 K 6 E2-2
A 25 E2-10 G 8 E2-2 G 25 E2-2 O 2 E2-14
A 27 E2-10 G 9 E2-2 G 26 E2-2 Q 1 E2-8
A 35 E2-10 G 10 E2-2 G 27 E2-10 S 12 E2-14
A 36 E2-10 G 11 E2-2 G 28 E2-10 T 6 E2-16
A 65 E2-10 G 12 E2-2 G 29 E2-10 a 1 E2-8
A 66 E2-10 G 13 E2-2 G 73 E2-10
C 1 E2-16 G 16 E2-2 K 1 E2-2
C 3 E2-16 G 18 E2-2 K 2 E2-2
G 6 E2-2 G 19 E2-2 K 3 E2-2

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Blocks Name or Joining Wire Harness and J/B
1 E2-10 Engine Room R/B
1C E2-19 BODY MAIN WIRE to J/B
1D E2-18 ENGINE WIRE to J/B
1E E2-18 LH SIDE WIRE to J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AC2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE to SIDE RH WIRE
AC3 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE to SIDE RH WIRE
AG1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE to ENGINE WIRE
AO1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE to LH SIDE WIRE
Aa1 E2-8 BODY MAIN WIRE to SUB ACCEL WIRE
GK1 E2-2 ENGINE WIRE to ENGINE SUB WIRE
GK2 E2-2 ENGINE WIRE to ENGINE SUB WIRE
QA1 E2-8 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE to BODY MAIN WIRE
SO1 E2-14 REAR UPPER MAIN WIRE to LH SIDE WIRE
TC2 E2-16 REAR UPPER SUB RH WIRE to SIDE RH WIRE
TS1 E2-16 REAR UPPER SUB RH WIRE to REAR UPPER MAIN WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
GF E2-2 ENGINE UPPER EARTH
GG E2-2 ENGINE UPPER EARTH
OK E2-14 REAR PILLER LEFT UNDER EARTH

[A] Parts
Indicates pages showing electrical wiring routings for the parts.
[B] Relay blocks and junction blocks
Indicates titles and pages showing electrical wiring routings for the relay blocks or junction blocks.
[C] Connections of wire harness and wire harness
Indicates titles and pages showing electrical wiring routings for the connections of two wire harnesses.
[D] Ground points
Indicates titles and pages showing electrical wiring routings for the ground points.
 E1-11
INTRODUCTION

Chapter 4 GROUND POINTS

GROUND POINTS
These tables describe related systems for each ground point.

E4-2
GROUND POINTS

CODE GROUND POINT LOCATION SYSTEM NAME PAGE

SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-36
CLEARANCE LAMP E3-72
STOP LAMP E3-76
STROBE LIGHT E3-52
AA FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE
TURN SIGNAL LAMP E3-70
BACK UP LAMP BUZZER E3-74
HEAD LAMP E3-68
POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSIN E3-32
SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-36
ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E) E3-10
COOLER E3-80
AB FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE CLEARANCE LAMP E3-72
COMBINATION METER E3-54
BACK UP LAMP BUZZER E3-74
WET BRAKE E3-34
DIAG E3-42
COOLER E3-80
STARTING E3-6
STROBE LIGHT E3-52
TURN SIGNAL LAMP E3-70
HEATER E3-78
AC FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER E3-60
HEAD LAMP E3-68
HORN E3-64
REAR WIPER AND WASHER E3-62
REAR WORK E3-28

Chapter 5 FUSES FOR POWER

FUSES FOR POWER
These tables describe power distribution from each power supply (fuse or fusible link) to various systems.

E5-3

FUSE FOR POWER SUPPLY

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK ASSY

FUSE SYSTEM Page
GLOW E3-76
100A GLOW
INTAKE HEATER E3-84
120A ALT CHARGING E3-96

ENGINE ROOM R/B

FUSE SYSTEM Page
OPS SYSTEM E3-250
7.5A ACC-B
SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-258
7.5A ALT-S CHARGING E3-194
7.5A ECU-B SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-234
BACK UP LAMP BUZZER E3-220
10A BACK LP REAR WORKING LAMP E3-204
STROBE LIGHT E3-182
GLOW E3-162
INTAKE HEATER E3-166
ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E) E3-170
FUEL E3-278
GAUGE REAR WIPER E3-76
E1-12
INTRODUCTION

Chapter 6 CONNECTOR LIST

CONNECTOR LIST

E6-3
CONNECTOR LIST

A 43 A 44 A 45 A 46 A 47
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 2 1 1 2
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
90980-11162 3 4
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 90980-11168
90980-10807 90980-10942
90980-11594

A 48 A 49 A 50 A 51 A 52 A 53
DARK GRAY BLACK BLACK GRAY BLACK

2 1 1 2 1 2 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2
4 3 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
90980-11235 90980-11051 90980-11051

90980-10941 90980-10896 90980-10890

A 54 A 55 A 56 A 57 A 58 A 59 A 60
GRAY GRAY BLACK GRAY GRAY BLACK

2 1 1 2 3 1 1 2
1 2 1 2 1 2
2
90980-11051 90980-11296 9098 0-11162
90980-10899 90980-10899 90980-11168
9098 0-10213

A 64 A 65 A 66 A 67
BLACK BLUE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7

90980-11915 90980-11661 90980-11661 90980-11088

[A] Connector shape and terminal number

Indicates the connector shape on the wire harness side, which is connected to a part.
Numbers indicate terminal numbers that are used in the circuit diagrams.
[B] Connector color
Indicates a connector color.
[C] Part connector
Indicates a connector number connected to a part.
The code is the same as that used in the electrical wiring routing.
[D] Connector part number
Indicates the part number of a connector.
 E1-13
INTRODUCTION
HARNESS TO HARNESS CONNECTOR

E6-13

WIRE to WIRE

SO3 ST1 SV1 SW1

BLACK GRAY

1 2 1
1 2 2 1 1
1 2 2 1 2 1 3 4 5 6
3 4 4 3 3 4 6 5 4 3 2 3
4 3 3 2
90980-10797 90980-109 80
90980-11036 90980-10795
90980-10796 90980-10979
90980-11035 90980-10794

SW2 Sx1
GRAY

1 2 3 1
3 2 1 1 2
4 5 6 7 8 99144 -12239
8 7 6 5 4
90980 -10906
90980-10799
90980-10798

TC1 TC2 TS1

DARK GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 1
1 2 3 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 4 5 6 6 5 4 90980-10871
90980-11089 90980-10870
90980-11088 90980-11194
90980-11193

[A] Connector shape and terminal number

Indicates the connector shape that connects two wire harnesses.
On left: Female connector*1 shape (This example indicates a connector for the G wire)
On right: Male connector*2 shape (This example indicates a connector for the K wire)
*1: A female connector has a female terminal.
*2: A male connector has a male terminal.
B] Connector color
Indicates a connector color.
[C] Harness to harness connector
Indicates a connector code that connects two wire harnesses
The code is the same as that used in the electrical wiring routing and wiring diagram.
[D] Connector part number
Indicates the part number of a connector
E1-14
INTRODUCTION

ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this section.

Abbreviations Explanation
ASC Auto Speed Control
ASSY Assembly
CNG Compressed Nutural Gas
DPF Diesel Particulate Filter
ECU Electronic Control Unit
FR Front
J/B Junction Block
LH Left-Hand
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
M/T Manual Transmission
OPS Operator Presence Sensing
PS Power Steering
R/B Relay Block
RH Right-Hand
RR Rear
SAS System of Active Stability
SOL Solenoid
SPEC. Specification
T/C Torque Converter & Transmission
W/ With
W/O Without
 E1-15
INTRODUCTION

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

BATTERY GROUND RELAY SWITCH, MANUAL

1. NORMALLY 1. NORMALLY
CLOSED OPEN

CAPACITOR HEADLIGHTS
(Condenser)
2. NORMALLY 2. NORMALLY
1. SINGLE OPEN CLOSED
FILAMENT

CIGARETTE LIGHTER RELAY, DOUBLE THROW SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW

2. DOUBLE
FILAMENT

DIODE HORN RESISTOR, TAPPED SWITCH, IGNITION

DIODE, ZENER LIGHT SENSOR (Termistor)

LED METER, ANALOG SENSOR SWITCH, WIPER PARK

(Light Emitting Diode)

PHOTODIODE METER, DIGITAL SHORT PIN WIRES

1. NOT
CONNECTED

MOTOR RESISTOR FUSE

2. SPLICED

SPEAKER RESISTOR,
VALIABLE or RHEOSTAT SOLENOID HIGH-TENSION WIRE

TRANSISTOR
X888-E_ES.book Page 16 Tuesday, April 24, 2007 2:11 PM

MEMO
E2-18
RELAY LOCATONS

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK ASSY (INNER CIRCUIT : SEE PAGE E2-23)

[FRONT]

1 1 1
ALT GLOW MAIN

120A 60A 120A

2 2 2

[REAR]

1 1 2

BLACK A24 BLACK G24

90980-11881 90980-11996

1 1 2
 E2-19
RELAY LOCATONS

1 ENGINE ROOM R/B : ENGINE ROOM LEFT

* 1:15A E-THRO (4Y-E)

7.5A ECU-B2 (1DZ, 3Z)
* 2:15A (4Y-E)
7.5A (1DZ,3Z)
* 3:EFI (4Y-E)
DPF (1DZ, 3Z)
* 4:30A (PREMIUM CABIN)
20A (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) SPARE 30A BLR(*5) 1 25A 2
* 5:PREMIUM CABIN
SPARE 7.5A STA 1 30A 2

HOUR MET 2 1 RR WIP 1 *4 2

ST 2 7.5A 1 FR WIP 1 *4 2

GAUGE 2 10A
1 1 2
EFI MAIN RELAY BACK LP 2 10A
40A AM1
1
SFT 2 7.5A 1
5 3
2
TURN 2 7.5A 1

2 IGN 2 *2 1
3 5 HORN 1 15A 2
1 SPARE 15A
C/OPN RELAY

*3 1 15A 2
ASC RELAY SPARE 10A
1 ALT-S 1 7.5A 2
5 3 ECU-IG 2 10A 1
2 STOP 1 7.5A 2

ACC-B 1 7.5A 2
2
3 5 TAIL 1 7.5A 2
1
DPF RELAY ECU-B 1 7.5A 2

*1 1 2
AM2 RELAY

1 HTR 1 15A 2
5 3
2 WORK LP 1 15A 2

HEAD 1 15A 2
2
3 5
1
1 2
ST RELAY
40A AM2
E2-20
RELAY LOCATONS

J/B : LEFT STEP (INNER CIRCUIT : SEE PAGE E2-24)

1A
90980-12506 1B
90980-12383
18 1
19 2 19 1
20 3 20 2
* 1:BACK UP LAMP RELAY (W/ EZ PEDAL) 3
21 4 21
22 5 22 4
23 6 23 5
24 7 24 6
25 8 25 7
26 9 26 8
27 10 27 9
28 11 28 10
29 12 29 11
30 13 30 12
31 14 31 13
32 15 32 14
33 16 T/C FR RELAY 33 15
34 17 34 16
3 1 19 35 17
1 18 1 18
2 20 36 18
5 2 19 2 19
3 21
3 20 3 20
1 4 2 4 22
4 21 4 21 1C
5 23
5 22 5 22
6 23
6 24
6 23 90980-12320
7 25
7 24 7 24
3 8 26 18 1
8 25 8 25
5 9 27 19 2
9 26 9 26
10 28 20 3
1 4 2 10 27 10 27
11 29 21 4
11 28 11 28
12 30 22 5
12 29 12 29
T/C RR RELAY 13 31 23 6
13 30 13 30
14 32 24 7
14 31 14 31
15 33 25 8
15 32 15 32
16 34 26 9
16 33 16 33
17 35 27 10
17 34 17 34
18 36 28 11
29 12
30 13
WORK LP RELAY *1
31 14
32 16
32 15
31 15 3 3 33 16
30 14 5 5 34 17
29 13
28 12 1 2 1 2 24 12
1D
27 11 23 11
26 10 22 10 90980-12308
25 9 1 21 9
24 8 20 8 12 24
5 3 11 23
23 7 19 7
22 6 2 18 6 10 22
21 5 17 5 9 21
HORN RELAY 8 20
1E 20 4 16 4
19 3 2 15 3 7 19
90980-12311 18 2 14 2 6 18
3 5 17
17 1 13 1
16 32 4 16
1
15 31 3 15
14 30 FLASHER RELAY 2 14
13 29 1 13
12 28
11 27
10 26
9 25
8 24
7 23
6 22
5 21
4 20
3 19
2 18
1 17
 E2-21
RELAY LOCATONS

CAN JOINT CONNECTOR : INSIDE OF THE ECU BOX

(INNER CIRCUIT : SEE PAGE E2-27)

BLUE A29 BLACK A34 BROWN A31

90980-12355 90980-12355 90980-12355 A32

2 2 2 90980-10871
1 1 1
1

1 1
1 1 1 2
2 2 2 3

JUNCTION TERMINAL

A33
90980-12355

2
E2-22
RELAY LOCATONS

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BLACK A65 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (A) BLACK G73

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12

BLUE A66 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (B) BLUE G29

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12

GRAY G41 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (G) GRAY A27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

GRAY G42 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (H) GRAY G43 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (E)

1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5
5 6 7 8
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

A64 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (J)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
 E2-23
RELAY LOCATONS

[FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK ASSY INNER CIRCUIT]

1 B9

120A ALT
2 G24

60A GLOW
1 G24

120A MAIN
1 A24
E2-24
RELAY LOCATONS

[J/B INNER CIRCUIT (1/3)]

* 1:W/ EZ PEDAL

13 1C 1 1D

31 1A 14 1D

33 1B BACK UP LAMP RELAY (*1) 15 1D

5 3
15 1E 32 1A

16 1E
1 2
15 1B
16 1B
23 1E
28 1B
25 1E
24 1E
13 1A WORK LP RELAY
5 3
15 1C 13 1E

9 1E 31 1B
1 2
19 1B 29 1B

36 1B 10 1E

19 1E
4 4 1A
3
5 1A

1 2
8 1B 7 1A

3 1B T/C FR RELAY 13 1D

17 1B 2 1E

22 1E
4 3 1A
18 1E 3
2 1A
34 1B
1 2 1 1B
18 1D
19 1A
11 1C T/C RR RELAY
11 1E
1 3
28 1C 35 1B

26 1B 2
7 1D
22 1B
FLASHER RELAY 8 1D
24 1A
21 1E
25 1B
33 1C
23 1B
29 1C
3 1C
12 1A
4 1C
30 1C
21 1A

2 1C
 E2-25
RELAY LOCATONS

[J/B INNER CIRCUIT (2/3)]

HORN RELAY 34 1A
5 3
16 1C 17 1A

4 1E
1 2 8 1E
33 1A
6 1C
32 1C
14 1C
16 1A
14 1A
10 1C
25 1A
27 1C
7 1B
24 1D
6 1B
6 1E
15 1A
20 1E
32 1B
22 1A
27 1A
34 1C
28 1A
12 1D
26 1E
26 1C
26 1A
5 1D
30 1A
19 1D
23 1A
6 1D
21 1B
20 1D
30 1E
9 1D
19 1C
10 1D
20 1C
4 1D
31 1E
1 1A
21 1C
18 1A
23 1C
17 1C
8 1A
1 1E
9 1A
17 1E
10 1A
3 1E
24 1B
17 1D
11 1A
1 1C
32 1E
E2-26
RELAY LOCATONS

[J/B INNER CIRCUIT (3/3)]

18 1B 7 1C

9 1C 6 1A

27 1B 21 1D

30 1B 11 1D

7 1E 23 1D

22 1C 14 1B

20 1B 8 1C

16 1D 2 1B

14 1E 25 1C

20 1A 28 1E

5 1C 31 1C

13 1B 12 1C

9 1B 5 1B

10 1B 29 1A

11 1B 4 1B

12 1B 18 1C

12 1E 24 1C
 E2-27
RELAY LOCATONS

���� ����� ��������� ����� ��������

� ��� � ���

� ��� � ���

� ���

� ���

� ���

� ���

�������� ��������

� �
� ���
MEMO
E3-4
CHARGING
 E3-5
CHARGING

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
G 1 E2-2 G 3 E2-2 G 24 E2-2,4,6,18
G 2 E2-4,6 G 4 E2-2,4,6 Q 1 E2-8

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1D E2-10,20 ENGINE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AG1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO ENGINE WIRE
QA1 E2-8 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE
E3-8
FUEL
 E3-9
FUEL

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
G 31 E2-4,6 G 34 E2-4,6

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1D E2-10,20 ENGINE WIRE TO J/B
 E3-15
MEMO
E3-22
ASC
 E3-23
ASC
E3-24
ASC

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 34 E2-10,21 G 36 E2-4,6 G 38 E2-10 G 43 E2-10
G 31 E2-4,6 G 37 E2-4,6 G 39 E2-10 a 1 E2-8

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1D E2-10,20 ENGINE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AG2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO ENGINE WIRE
Aa1 E2-8 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SUB ACCEL WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
GJ E2-4,6 JUNCTION BLOCK IN FRONT INSIDE EARTH
 E3-25
MEMO
E3-26
LPG WARNING SYSTEM (PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-27
LPG WARNING SYSTEM (PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 36 E2-10 A 65 E2-10 C 9 E2-16 M 1 E2-2
A 37 E2-10 A 66 E2-10 G 29 E2-10 M 2 E2-2
A 38 E2-10 C 8 E2-16 G 73 E2-10

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AG1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO ENGINE WIRE
CA1 E2-10 SIDE RH WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE
GK1 E2-2 ENGINE WIRE TO ENGINE SUB WIRE
KM1 E2-2 ENGINE SUB WIRE TO LPG PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
GF E2-2 ENGINE UPPER EARTH
GG E2-2 ENGINE UPPER EARTH
E3-28
LPG WARNING SYSTEM (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-29
LPG WARNING SYSTEM (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 36 E2-10 A 65 E2-10 G 73 E2-10 T 6 E2-16
A 37 E2-10 A 66 E2-10 M 1 E2-2 T 8 E2-16
A 38 E2-10 G 29 E2-10 M 2 E2-2

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AC3 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AG1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO ENGINE WIRE
GK1 E2-2 ENGINE WIRE TO ENGINE SUB WIRE
KM1 E2-2 ENGINE SUB WIRE TO LPG PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE
TC2 E2-16 RR UPR SUB RH WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
GF E2-2 ENGINE UPPER EARTH
GG E2-2 ENGINE UPPER EARTH
E3-34
EZ PEDAL
 E3-35
EZ PEDAL
E3-36
EZ PEDAL

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 9 E2-8 A 21 E2-8 A 82 E2-10 A 84 E2-10
A 20 E2-8 A 78 E2-8 A 83 E2-10 A 85 E2-10

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AA E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
 E3-37
MEMO
E3-38
WET BRAKE
 E3-39
WET BRAKE

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 68 E2-8 A 70 E2-8 G 4 E2-2,4,6
A 69 E2-8 A 71 E2-10

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1D E2-10,20 ENGINE WIRE TO J/B

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-40
SAS/OPS SYSTEM
 E3-41
SAS/OPS SYSTEM
E3-42
SAS/OPS SYSTEM
 E3-43
SAS/OPS SYSTEM

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 3 E2-8 A 15 E2-8 A 42 E2-8 Y 8 E2-14
A 5 E2-10 A 16 E2-8 A 45 E2-10 Y 9 E2-14
A 6 E2-8 A 18 E2-8 A 46 E2-10 Y 10 E2-14
A 8 E2-8 A 19 E2-8 A 56 E2-8 Z 1 E2-14
A 10 E2-8 A 20 E2-8 D 1 E2-10 Z 3 E2-14
A 11 E2-8 A 21 E2-8 O 1 E2-14 b 1 E2-12
A 12 E2-8 A 23 E2-8 Q 1 E2-8 k 1 E2-8
A 13 E2-8 A 27 E2-10 Y 1 E2-14
A 14 E2-8 A 29 E2-10,21 Y 7 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AO1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
AO3 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
Ab1 E2-12 BODY MAIN WIRE TO MAST SENSOR WIRE
Ab2 E2-12 BODY MAIN WIRE TO MAST SENSOR WIRE
Ak1 E2-8 BODY MAIN WIRE TO EZ PEDAL LIMIT SW WIRE
DA1 E2-10 T/C HEAT GAUGE WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE
QA1 E2-8 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE
YO1 E2-14 HOOD SUB NO.1 WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
YO2 E2-14 HOOD SUB NO.1 WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
ZO1 E2-14 RR LWR WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AA E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
OK E2-14 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
E3-44
MINI LEVER (W/ 5WAY VALVES)
 E3-45
MINI LEVER (W/ 5WAY VALVES)
E3-46
MINI LEVER (W/ 5WAY VALVES)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 21 E2-8 A 52 E2-8 A 96 E2-8 Y 3 E2-14
A 23 E2-8 A 64 E2-10 A 97 E2-8 Y 5 E2-14
A 51 E2-8 A 95 E2-8 Y 2 E2-14 Y 6 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AO3 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
YO3 E2-14 HOOD SUB NO.1 WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
 E3-47
MEMO
E3-48
MINI LEVER (W/O 5WAY VALVES)
 E3-49
MINI LEVER (W/O 5WAY VALVES)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 21 E2-8 A 52 E2-8 Y 3 E2-14
A 23 E2-8 A 64 E2-10 Y 5 E2-14
A 51 E2-8 Y 2 E2-14 Y 6 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AO3 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
YO3 E2-14 HOOD SUB NO.1 WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
E3-50
DIAG
 E3-51
DIAG

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 25 E2-10 A 31 E2-10,21 A 66 E2-10
A 27 E2-10 A 36 E2-10 G 29 E2-10

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

EARTH
Code See Page Name
GG E2-2 ENGINE UPPER EARTH
OK E2-14 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
E3-52
REAR WORKING LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-53
REAR WORKING LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C 10 E2-16 S 1 E2-14 Y 4 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
OS1 E2-14 LH SIDE WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE
SC1 E2-16 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
YO2 E2-14 HOOD SUB NO.1 WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
OK E2-14 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
E3-54
REAR WORKING LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-55
REAR WORKING LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 41 E2-8 S 9 E2-14 Y 4 E2-14
S 1 E2-14 T 7 E2-16

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
SO1 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
SO2 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
ST1 E2-16 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO RR UPR SUB RH WIRE
YO2 E2-14 HOOD SUB NO.1 WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
OK E2-14 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
E3-56
STROBE LIGHT
 E3-57
STROBE LIGHT

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
S 10 E2-14 S 13 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
OS1 E2-14 LH SIDE WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE
SO2 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AA E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-58
COMBINATION METER
 E3-59
COMBINATION METER
E3-60
COMBINATION METER

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 7 E2-8 C 4 E2-16 G 14 E2-2,4,6 O 3 E2-14
A 9 E2-8 C 5 E2-16 G 22 E2-2,4,6 O 6 E2-14
A 20 E2-8 C 6 E2-16 G 35 E2-10 Q 1 E2-8
A 36 E2-10 G 4 E2-2,4,6 O 2 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1D E2-10,20 ENGINE WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AC2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC4 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC5 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AG1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO ENGINE WIRE
AO1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
QA1 E2-8 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
OK E2-14 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
 E3-61
MEMO
E3-62
MULTI DISPLAY
 E3-63
MULTI DISPLAY

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 27 E2-10 A 33 E2-10,21 Q 2 E2-8

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AQ1 E2-8 BODY MAIN WIRE TO INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
OK E2-14 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
E3-64
FRONT WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-65
FRONT WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 88 E2-8 A 90 E2-8 C 13 E2-16 O 5 E2-14
A 89 E2-8 A 91 E2-8 C 14 E2-16

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AC2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC4 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC6 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC7 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AO1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
AO2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-66
FRONT WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-67
FRONT WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C 16 E2-16 U 2 E2-12 h 1 E2-8 h 2 E2-8

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AC3 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC5 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
Ah1 E2-8 BODY MAIN WIRE TO WIPER SUB WIRE
UA1 E2-12 HEAD GUARD SW WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE
UA2 E2-12 HEAD GUARD SW WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE
hA1 E2-8 WIPER SUB WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-68
REAR WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-69
REAR WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C 12 E2-16 O 4 E2-14 S 25 E2-14
C 22 E2-16 S 2 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1D E2-10,20 ENGINE WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AC2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC4 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AO2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
OS1 E2-14 LH SIDE WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE
SC1 E2-16 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-70
REAR WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-71
REAR WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
S 2 E2-14 S 8 E2-14 U 3 E2-12

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AO2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
SO2 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
SO3 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
UA2 E2-12 HEAD GUARD SW WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-72
RADIO
 E3-73
RADIO

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C 15 E2-16 C 18 E2-16 C 20 E2-16 C 23 E2-16
C 17 E2-16 C 19 E2-16 C 21 E2-16

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AC2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC4 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC7 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
CE E2-16 FRONT PLATE RIGHT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-74
HORN
 E3-75
HORN

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 1 E2-8 A 49 E2-8,12 S 11 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
OS1 E2-14 LH SIDE WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE
SO1 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
OK E2-14 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
E3-76
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
 E3-77
CIGARETTE LIGHTER

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 92 E2-8 A 93 E2-8

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-78
HEAD LAMP
 E3-79
HEAD LAMP

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 4 E2-8 R 5 E2-12 d 5 E2-12
R 2 E2-12 d 2 E2-12

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
RA1 E2-12 FR STAY WIRE RH TO BODY MAIN WIRE
dA1 E2-12 FR STAY WIRE LH TO BODY MAIN WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AA E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-80
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
 E3-81
TURN SIGNAL LAMP

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 4 E2-8 S 3 E2-14 d 5 E2-12
R 5 E2-12 S 4 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
OS1 E2-14 LH SIDE WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE
RA1 E2-12 FR STAY WIRE RH TO BODY MAIN WIRE
SO1 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
dA1 E2-12 FR STAY WIRE LH TO BODY MAIN WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AA E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-82
CLEARANCE LAMP
 E3-83
CLEARANCE LAMP

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 4 E2-8 S 3 E2-14 S 4 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
OS1 E2-14 LH SIDE WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE
SO1 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AA E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-84
BACK UP LAMP BUZZER
 E3-85
BACK UP LAMP BUZZER

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 41 E2-8 C 7 E2-16 Y 4 E2-14
A 83 E2-10 S 4 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AC2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC4 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
AC5 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
OS1 E2-14 LH SIDE WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE
SO1 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
YO2 E2-14 HOOD SUB NO.1 WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AA E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-86
STOP LAMP
 E3-87
STOP LAMP

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 6 E2-8 S 3 E2-14 S 4 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1B E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
OS1 E2-14 LH SIDE WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE
SO1 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AA E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-88
HEATER (200W HEATER)
 E3-89
HEATER (200W HEATER)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B 3 E2-16 B 8 E2-16 C 11 E2-16 U 1 E2-12
B 5 E2-16 B 9 E2-10 I 1 E2-2
B 7 E2-16 B 11 E2-10 I 2 E2-4,6

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AB1 E2-12 BODY MAIN WIRE TO BODY SUB NO.1 WIRE
AC7 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO SIDE RH WIRE
BA2 E2-12 BODY SUB NO.1 WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE
BA3 E2-10 BODY SUB NO.1 WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE
UB1 E2-12 HEAD GUARD SW WIRE TO BODY SUB NO.1 WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
IH E2-2,4,6 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
E3-90
HEATER (EXCEPT 200W HEATER)
 E3-91
HEATER (EXCEPT 200W HEATER)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B 3 E2-16 B 5 E2-16 U 1 E2-12

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1A E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
BA2 E2-12 BODY SUB NO.1 WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE
UB1 E2-12 HEAD GUARD SW WIRE TO BODY SUB NO.1 WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-92
CAN
 E3-93
CAN

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A 20 E2-8 A 29 E2-10,21 A 33 E2-10,21 G 39 E2-10
A 25 E2-10 A 31 E2-10,21 A 34 E2-10,21 Q 2 E2-8
A 27 E2-10 A 32 E2-10,21 A 36 E2-10

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AG2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO ENGINE WIRE
AQ1 E2-8 BODY MAIN WIRE TO INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
OK E2-14 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
E3-94
MAP LAMP
 E3-95
MAP LAMP

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
e 5 E2-12

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
eA1 E2-12 MAP LAMP WIRE TO BODY MAIN WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-96
DOME LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-97
DOME LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
S 26 E2-14 S 27 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AO2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
OS1 E2-14 LH SIDE WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-98
DOME LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)
 E3-99
DOME LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN)

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
V 3 E2-14 V 4 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AO2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
SO2 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
SV2 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO RR UPR SUB LH WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
E3-100
COOLER
 E3-101
COOLER
E3-102
COOLER

PARTS
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B 9 E2-10 S 29 E2-14 S 35 E2-14 W 5 E2-14
B 10 E2-10 S 30 E2-14 S 36 E2-14 W 6 E2-14
G 64 E2-2,4,6 S 31 E2-14 W 1 E2-14 W 7 E2-14
I 1 E2-2 S 32 E2-14 W 2 E2-14
I 2 E2-4,6 S 33 E2-14 W 3 E2-14
S 28 E2-14 S 34 E2-14 W 4 E2-14

RELAY BLOCK , JUNCTION BLOCK

Code See Page Relay Block Name or Joining Wire Harness to J/B
1 E2-10,19 ENGINE ROOM R/B
1C E2-10,20 BODY MAIN WIRE TO J/B
1D E2-10,20 ENGINE WIRE TO J/B
1E E2-10,20 LH SIDE WIRE TO J/B

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AB2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO BODY SUB NO.1 WIRE
AO2 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
SO4 E2-14 RR UPR MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE
WS1 E2-14 COOLER WIRE TO RR UPR MAIN WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
IH E2-2,4,6 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
 E3-103
MEMO
E3-104
EARTH TO EARTH
 E3-105
EARTH TO EARTH

WIRE TO WIRE
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
AO1 E2-10 BODY MAIN WIRE TO LH SIDE WIRE

EARTH
Code See Page Name
AA E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
AB E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
AC E2-10 FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
AD E2-10 TRANSMISSION UPPER EARTH
EM E2-16 FRONT PLATE RIGHT OUTSIDE EARTH
GF E2-2 ENGINE UPPER EARTH
GG E2-2 ENGINE UPPER EARTH
GJ E2-4,6 JUNCTION BLOCK IN FRONT INSIDE EARTH
GL E2-4,6 JUNCTION BLOCK IN FRONT INSIDE EARTH
IH E2-2,4,6 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
JL E2-4,6 FRONT PLATE LEFT INSIDE EARTH
OK E2-14 REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
MEMO
 E4-1

CHAPTER 4 GROUND POINTS

E4
E4-2
GROUND POINTS

CODE LOCATION SYSTEM NAME PAGE

BACK UP LAMP BUZZER E3-84
CLEARANCE LAMP E3-82
EZ PEDAL E3-34
HEAD LAMP E3-78
AA FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION E3-30
SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-40
STOP LAMP E3-86
STROBE LIGHT E3-56
TURN SIGNAL LAMP E3-80
BACK UP LAMP BUZZER E3-84
CIGARETTE LIGHTER E3-76
COMBINATION METER E3-58
COOLER E3-100
ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E) E3-10
AB FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH
EZ PEDAL E3-34
RADIO E3-72
REAR WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-68
SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-40
WET BRAKE E3-38
ASC E3-22
BACK UP LAMP BUZZER E3-84
DOME LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-98
DOME LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-96
FRONT WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-64
FRONT WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-66
HEATER (EXCEPT 200W HEATER) E3-90
HEATER (200W HEATER) E3-88
HORN E3-74
AC FRONT PLATE LEFT OUTSIDE EARTH LPG WARNING SYSTEM (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-28
LPG WARNING SYSTEM (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-26
MAP LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-94
POWER SOURCE E3-2
REAR WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-70
REAR WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-68
REAR WORKING LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-54
REAR WORKING LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-52
STARTING E3-6
TURN SIGNAL LAMP E3-80
AD TRANSMISSION UPPER EARTH POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION E3-30
CE FRONT PLATE RIGHT OUTSIDE EARTH RADIO E3-72
EM FRONT PLATE RIGHT OUTSIDE EARTH DPF-2 E3-18
ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E) E3-10
GF ENGINE UPPER EARTH LPG WARNING SYSTEM (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-28
LPG WARNING SYSTEM (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-26
DIAG E3-50
ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E) E3-10
GG ENGINE UPPER EARTH
LPG WARNING SYSTEM (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-28
LPG WARNING SYSTEM (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-26
JUNCTION BLOCK IN FRONT INSIDE ASC E3-22
GJ DPF-2 E3-18
EARTH GLOW E3-16
JUNCTION BLOCK IN FRONT INSIDE DPF-2 E3-18
GL
EARTH GLOW E3-16
 E4-3
GROUND POINTS

CODE LOCATION SYSTEM NAME PAGE

COOLER E3-100
HEATER (200W HEATER) E3-88
IH REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
POWER SOURCE E3-2
STARTING E3-6
JL FRONT PLATE LEFT INSIDE EARTH STARTING E3-6
CAN E3-92
COMBINATION METER E3-58
DIAG E3-50
DPF-2 E3-18
GLOW E3-16
OK REAR PILLAR LEFT UNDER EARTH
HORN E3-74
MULTI DISPLAY E3-62
REAR WORKING LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-54
REAR WORKING LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-52
SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-40
MEMO
 E5-1

CHAPTER 5 FUSES FOR POWER SUPPLY

E5
E5-2
FUSES FOR POWER SUPPLY

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK ASSY

FUSE SYSTEM NAME PAGE
60A GLOW GLOW E3-16
120A ALT CHARGING E3-4

ENGINE ROOM R/B

FUSE SYSTEM NAME PAGE
7.5A ACC-B RADIO E3-72
7.5A ALT-S CHARGING E3-4
7.5A ECU-B SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-40
ASC E3-22
7.5A ECU-B2
DPF-2 E3-18
ASC E3-22
DPF-2 E3-18
7.5A IGN
FUEL E3-8
GLOW E3-16
EZ PEDAL E3-34
7.5A SFT
POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION E3-30
DPF-2 E3-18
EZ PEDAL E3-34
7.5A ST
GLOW E3-16
STARTING E3-6
SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-40
7.5A STOP
STOP LAMP E3-86
7.5A TAIL CLEARANCE LAMP E3-82
7.5A TURN TURN SIGNAL LAMP E3-80
BACK UP LAMP BUZZER E3-84
CIGARETTE LIGHTER E3-76
10A BACK LP REAR WORKING LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-54
REAR WORKING LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-52
STROBE LIGHT E3-56
DIAG E3-50
MINI LEVER (W/ ATTACHMENT 3) E3-44
MINI LEVER (W/O ATTACHMENT 3) E3-48
10A ECU-IG
MULTI DISPLAY E3-62
POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION E3-30
SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-40
CHARGING E3-4
COMBINATION METER E3-58
COOLER E3-100
ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E) E3-10
FRONT WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-64
FRONT WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-66
GLOW E3-16
10A GAUGE
HEATER (EXCEPT 200W HEATER) E3-90
HEATER (200W HEATER) E3-88
RADIO E3-72
REAR WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-70
REAR WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-68
SAS/OPS SYSTEM E3-40
WET BRAKE E3-38
15A DPF DPF-2 E3-18
ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E) E3-10
15A EFI LPG WARNING SYSTEM (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-28
LPG WARNING SYSTEM (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-26
 E5-3
FUSES FOR POWER SUPPLY

FUSE SYSTEM NAME PAGE

15A E-THRO ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E) E3-10
15A HEAD HEAD LAMP E3-78
15A HEATER HEATER (EXCEPT 200W HEATER) E3-90
15A HORN HORN E3-74
15A HTR HEATER (EXCEPT 200W HEATER) E3-90
15A IGN ENGINE CONTROL (4Y-E) E3-10
MAP LAMP E3-94
15A WORK LP REAR WORKING LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-54
REAR WORKING LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-52
20A FR WIP FRONT WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-66
DOME LAMP (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-98
20A RR WIP
REAR WIPER & WASHER (EXCEPT PREMIUM CABIN) E3-70
25A BLR COOLER E3-100
30A FR WIP FRONT WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-64
DOME LAMP (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-96
30A RR WIP
REAR WIPER & WASHER (PREMIUM CABIN) E3-68
30A STA STARTING E3-6
MEMO
 E6-1

CHAPTER 6 CONNECTOR LIST

CONNECTOR LIST
PARTS CONNECTOR ....................................................................... E6-2

WIRE TO WIRE
WIRE TO WIRE ................................................................................. E6-9

E6
E6-2
CONNECTOR LIST

A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6
BLACK
1 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
3 4 5 6 90980- 11070
90980- 10171 90980- 11155
90980- 10935 90980- 10807
90980- 10996

A 7 A 8 A 9 A 10 A 1 1 (* 2 ) A 1 1 (* 1 ) A 1 2 (* 2 )
DARK GRAY GRAY GRAY GRAY BLACK

1 2 1 2 1
1 2 2 1 2 1
2 1 2 3

90980- 10214 90980- 10899 90980- 11486 90980- 11002 90980- 11002
90980- 11349 90980- 10959

A 1 2 (* 1 ) A 1 3 (* 2 ) A 1 3 (* 1 ) A 1 4 (* 2 ) A 1 4 (* 1 ) A 15
DARK GRAY BLACK GRAY DARK GRAY GRAY DARK GRAY

2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4
90980- 10959 90980- 10900

90980- 10941 90980- 10941 90980- 11028 90980- 11028

A 16 A 18 A 19 A 20
BLACK GRAY BLACK

2 1 1 1 2
2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

90980- 11168 3 90980- 11156

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

90080- 98200 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

90980- 12528

A 21 A 23 A 24
BLACK

1
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 90980- 11881
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
90980- 12556
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

90980- 12529

A 25 A 26 A 27 A 29 A 31
GRAY GRAY BLUE BROW N

1 2 3 4 12 13 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 1
5 6 7 14 15 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
8 9 10 11 16 17 90980- 11251 2 2

18 90980- 11542 90980- 12355 90980- 12355

57671- 26600- 71

A 32 A 33 A 34 A 35 A 36
BLACK

1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
90980- 10871 2 2
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
90980- 12355 90980- 12355
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31
* 1 : W / EZ PEDAL
* 2 : W /O E Z P E D A L 90980- 12529 90980- 12525

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 E6-3
CONNECTOR LIST

A 37 A 38 A 41 A 42 A 45
BLACK DARK GRAY

1 2 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2
1 2 3
4 5 6 2
90980- 11162
90980- 10173 90980- 10214 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 90980- 10845

90980- 11594

A 46 A 47 A 48 A 49 A 51 A 52
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK GRAY

2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
3 4 4 3 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
90980- 11168 90980- 11235
90980- 10942
90980- 10941 90980- 10896 90980- 10890

A 54 A 56 A 64 A 65 A 66
GRAY BLACK BLACK BLUE

2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12
90980- 10899 90980- 11168
90980- 11915 90980- 11661 90980- 11661

A 67 A 68 A 69 A 70 A 71 A 73
BLACK GRAY

6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 90980- 11003 3 4
90980- 11162 90980- 11162 90980- 11251
90980- 11088 90980- 10942

A 74 A 75 A 76 A 78 A 82 A 83

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
2 1 1 2 2 1
4 5 6 4 5 6
4 3 3 4 4 3 90980- 11020
90980- 10173 90980- 10173
90980- 10942
90980- 10941 90980- 10941

A 84 A 85 A 88 A 89 A 90 A 91
GRAY GRAY GRAY

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2
3
4 5 6 4 5 6 1 2 1 2
5 3 4 5 6
90980- 10173 90980- 10173 3 4 3 4
1 4 2
90980- 10976
82602- 43010 82602- 43010
6098- 1493

A 92 A 93 A 95 A 96 A 97 B 3 B 5
BLACK

1 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2
2 1 3
4 5 6 4 5 6 5
4 3 3 4
7116- 2893- 02 7116- 2893- 02 90980- 10173 90980- 10173 1 4 2
90980- 11742
90980- 10941
82660- 53010

B 7 B 8 B 9 B 10 B 11 C 1 C 3
DARK GRAY BLACK
1 1 2 1 1 2
3 3 1 2
5 5 3 4 2
3 4 90980- 10622
1 4 2 1 4 2 82675- 30090 90980- 10171 90980- 10214
90980- 10869
82660- 53010 82660- 53010

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E6-4
CONNECTOR LIST

C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 C 8 C 9
BLUE BLACK
1 1 1 2 1 2 3
1 2 1 2
7316- 2095 7316- 2095 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 7 8
90980- 11140 90980- 10825
90980- 10797 90980- 10799

C 10 C 11 C 12 C 13 C 14 C 15
BLUE BLACK BLACK BLACK BLUE GRAY
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2
1 2 1 2 1 2
4 5 6 7 8 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6
3 4 3 4
90980- 11051
90980- 10799 90980- 10799 90980- 10797
90980- 10795 90980- 10795

C 16 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 20 C 21 C 22
BLACK
1 2 3 4
1 1 1 1 1
3
5 6 7 8
2 5
1 4 2 7187- 0046- 80
90980- 10214 170037- 1 7116- 1010 170037- 1 7116- 1010

82660- 20340

C 23 D 1 E 1 E 2 E 3 F 1 F 2 F 3
GRAY DARK GRAY

2 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 1 2
171706- 1 171706- 1
3 5 1- 179958- 2
90980- 11025 99141- 11004 99141- 11004 99141- 11004
1

82660- 37070

G 1 G 2 G 3 G 4 G 6 G 8
BLACK BLACK DARK GRAY
1 1
1 1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
90980- 11858 90980- 11153
90980- 09567 90980- 09212
90980- 09213 90980- 11349

G 9 G 10 G 11 G 12 G 13 G 14
GREEN DARK GRAY GREEN BLACK
1
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3
90980- 10786
4 5 6
90980- 11153 90980- 11153 90980- 11153
90980- 10845
90980- 11144

G 16 G 17 G 18 G 19 G 21 G 22 G 23
GREEN GREEN BLACK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK BLACK

1 2 1
1 2 1 2 1 2 1
1 2
90980- 10179
90980- 10947 90980- 11286 90980- 11038 90980- 10703
90980- 11062
90980- 10109

G 24 G 25 G 26 G 27
BLACK BLACK
1
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 99144- 12239 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
90980- 11996 90980- 11024 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

90980- 12528

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 E6-5
CONNECTOR LIST

G 28 G 29 G 30 G 31 G 32
BLUE BLACK

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 1
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 12
3 90980- 10165
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
90980- 11661 7010- 3025- 02
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 90980- 10690

28 29 30 31 32 33 34

90980- 12527

G 33 G 34 G 35 G 36 G 37 G 38
GRAY GRAY DARK GRAY
1 1 2 3
1 2 1 2 3
1 2 90980- 10179 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 4 5 6
3 4 90980- 10043 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
90980- 10476
90980- 11194
7254- 1548- 40 90980- 11391

G 39 G 41 G 42 G 43
GRAY GRAY GRAY

1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
90980- 10897 90980- 10897 90980- 11542
90980- 11390

G 44 G 45 G 46 G 49 G 50 G 51
DARK GRAY
1 1
1 2 3 4 12 13 1 2 1 2 1
171728- 1 171728- 1 5 6 7 14 15 2
11 174463- 1
8 9 10 16 17 90980- 10887
90980- 10214
18

90980- 10778

G 52 G 53 G 54 G 64 G 67
BROW N BLACK
1
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2
90980- 10179 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

6098- 0309 174357- 2 90980- 10899 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

90980- 11391

G 68 G 69 G 70
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

90980- 11391 90980- 11390 90980- 11390

G 72 G 73 G 74 H 1 H 2 H 3 I 1
DARK GRAY BLACK BLACK

1 2 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2
7 8 9 10 11 12
90980- 10899 99142- 16080 7003- 1191- 02 90980- 09222 99142- 15080
90980- 11661
90980- 10108

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E6-6
CONNECTOR LIST

I 2 J 1 J 2 J 3 K 1 K 2 K 3 M 1
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK
1 1 1 1 4
1 2 1 2 1 2

90980- 11162 90980- 10626

99142- 16080 7003- 1172- 02 7003- 1182- 02 90980- 09481 90980- 11235
7010- 3015

M 2 O 1 O 2 O 3 O 4 O 5 O 6
GRAY GRAY BLACK BLACK
4 1 1
1
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 2
3 2 3
4 5
90980- 10256 90080- 98182 90080- 98182
7010- 3015 90980- 11016 90980- 10216
90980- 11077

Q 1 Q 2 R 2 R 5 S 1
GREEN BLACK BLACK

1 2 1 2 3 1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4 5 6
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 90980- 11156 90980- 11156
90980- 11001
90980- 12553 IL- AG5- 7S- S3C1

S 2 S 3 S 4 S 8 S 9 S 10 S 11
BLACK BLACK GRAY DARK GRAY

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
3
3 4 3 4 3 4 5
90980- 11156 90980- 10825
1 4 2 90980- 11155
90980- 11742 90980- 10795 5 6

82660- 20340
90980- 11011

S 13 S 25 S 26 S 27 S 28 S 29 S 30 S 31
GRAY GRAY

2 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2
3 5 90980- 10183 90980- 10786 90980- 10786 90980- 10786 90980- 10786
90980- 10825
99141- 11004
1

82660- 37070

S 32 S 33 S 34 S 35 S 36 T 6 T 7
BLUE BLUE
1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3
3
90980- 10786 90980- 10786 90980- 10786 90980- 10786 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 7 8
5
1 4 2
90980- 10797 90980- 10799

82660- 20340

T 8 U 1 U 2 U 3 V 3 V 4
BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK
1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 1
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 7 8 7316- 2095 90980- 10786
3 4

90980- 10799 90980- 10797 90980- 10799

90980- 10795

W 1 W 2 W 3 W 4 W 5 W 6 W 7
BLACK BLACK BLACK
1 1 1 1 2
1 2
3 3
2 2 3 2 3 4
5 5
90980- 10962
180907- 0 1 4 2 1 4 2 172220- 1 180907- 0 180907- 0

82660- 20340 82660- 20340

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 E6-7
CONNECTOR LIST

Y 1 Y 2 Y 3 Y 4 Y 5
BLACK BLACK BLACK

1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4
3
90980- 11885 90980- 11885 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 90980- 11885
90980- 11245

90980- 11594

Y 6 Y 7 Y 8 Y 9 Y 10 Z 1
BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
1 2
3 3
90980- 11885 90980- 10887 174352- 2
90980- 11245 90980- 11407 90980- 11255

Z 3 a 1 b 1 d 2 d 5 e 5
BLACK BLACK GRAY BLACK

1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 2
1 2 3
4 5 6
90980- 11858 90980- 11156
90980- 10845 90980- 10860
90980- 11607
90980- 11001

h 1 h 2 k 1 m 1
BLACK GRAY

3 1 2 1 2 1 2
5 3 4
90980- 10887 90980- 11162
1 4 2
90980- 11742

82660- 20340

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E6-8
CONNECTOR LIST

1A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

90980- 12506

1B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

90980- 12383

1C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

90980- 12320

1D 1E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

90980- 12311 90980- 12308

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 E6-9
WIRE TO WIRE

AB1 AB2 AC2

GRAY DARK GRAY

1 2 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 3 1
1 2 2
4 5 6 6 5 4 4 5 5 4
90980- 11007 6 6
90980- 11194 90980- 11006 7 8 8 7
90980- 11193 10 10
9 11 11 9

90980- 11240
90980- 11239

AC3 AC4 AC5

GRAY GRAY GRAY

1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 3 4 4 3 4 5 6 6 5 4

90980- 10897 90980- 10942 90980- 11194

90980- 10896 90980- 10941 90980- 11193

AC6 AC7 AG1

BLACK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK

1 2
1 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 2 1
3 4 4 3 4 5 5 4 3 4 5 6 7
6 6 7 6 5 4 3
90980- 11036 7 8 8 7
8 9 10 11 12
90980- 11035 9 10 11 11 10 9 12 11 10 9 8
13 14 15
90980- 11240 15 14 13
90980- 11239
90980- 10815
90980- 10814

AG2 AG3
GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
90980- 11089
90980- 11542 90980- 11088
90980- 11541

AO1 AO2
BROW N

1 2 3 4 5 6
6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 3 2 1
13 12 11 10 9 8 7
5 6 7 8
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 8 7 6 5
20 19 18 17 16 15 14
90980- 11615
90980- 10817 90980- 11551
90980- 10816

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E6-10
WIRE TO WIRE

AO3 AQ1
BLUE DARK GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 2 1
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3 4 4 3
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
90980- 11028 90980- 11027
90980- 12378
90980- 12377

Aa1 Ab1 Ab2

BLACK DARK GRAY GRAY GRAY DARK GRAY

1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 4 5 6 6 5 4 4 5 6 6 5 4

90980- 10891 90980- 11034 90980- 11034

90980- 11033 90980- 11033
90980- 10890

Ah1 A k1 BA2
GRAY

1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
2 1
3 4 90980- 10887 3 4 5 5 4 3
4 3 90980- 10886
90980- 11136 90980- 10946
90980- 10945
90980- 11135

BA3 CA1 DA1

GRAY GRAY BLACK

1 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 1

DH980- 10983 4 5 6 6 5 4 90980- 11162

90980- 10982 90980- 11168
90980- 11194
90980- 11193

GK1 KM1 OS1

DARK GRAY GRAY GRAY DARK GRAY BROW N BLACK

1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2
2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 3 4 6 7
90980- 11051 5
90980- 11050 7 6 4 3
5
90980- 10891 8 9 11 12
10
90980- 10890 12 11 9 8
10
13 14 15
15 14 13

90980- 10815
90980- 10814

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 E6-11
WIRE TO WIRE

QA1 RA1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 2 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 3 4 4 3
90980- 11463
5 6 6 5
90980- 11462

90980- 11011
DH980- 11452

SC1 SO1 SO2

DARK GRAY BLACK DARK GRAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4
10 9 8 7 6 5 6 6
90980- 10891 7 8 8 7
90980- 11527 90980- 10890
9 10 11 11 10 9
90980- 11596
90980- 11240
90980- 11239

SO3 SO4 ST1

BLACK BLUE

1 2
1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
2 1 3 4
3 4 4 3 3 4 5 4 3
5 4 3
90980- 11036 90980- 10795
90980- 11035 90980- 11603 90980- 10794
90980- 11602

SV2 TC2 UA1

BLUE DARK GRAY BLACK

1 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 1
2 1
4 5 6 6 5 4 3 4 4 3
90980- 10906
90980- 10905 90980- 11194 90980- 11036
90980- 11193 90980- 11035

UA2 UB1 W S1
GRAY GRAY DARK GRAY

1 2 3
1 2 3 3 2 1
1 3 3 1 3 2 1
2 2 4 5 6 7 8
4 5 6 6 5 4 8 7 6 5 4
4 5 5 4
6 6
7 8 8 7 90980- 10799
90980- 11194 90980- 10798
10 10 90980- 11193
9 11 11 9

90980- 11240
90980- 11239

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E6-12
WIRE TO WIRE

YO1 YO2
BLACK

1 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
90980- 11162
90980- 11168 90980- 11089
90980- 11088

YO3 ZO 1
BLACK DARK GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
90980- 11463
90980- 11462 90980- 10897
90980- 10896

dA1 eA1 hA1 mA1

GRAY GRAY

1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
2 1 1 2 2 1
3 4 4 3 3 4 4 3 90980- 11162
90980- 10860 90980- 11168
5 6 6 5 90980- 10859
90980- 10844 90980- 10749
90980- 11011
DH980- 11452

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 E6-13
MEMO